WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 2.1 Uniform Rate Of Increase And Decrease Solved Example Problems

Arithmetic Chapter 2.1 Uniform Rate Of Increase And Decrease Solved Example Problems

In this chapter, we shall discuss the uniform rate of increase or decrease of some events or objects.

All these objects affect directly or indirectly different events in our daily life or in our society.

Increase or Growth 

There are some objects or events such as, the population of any place, the height of trees, the weights of the children, etc, which increases uniformly as time is passed over.

In these cases, we say that there occurs some increment or growth in the respective Helds.

This increment or growth in unit time is known as rate of increase or rate of growth.

WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Maths

Decrease or depreciation 

The values of some objects like machine, value of house, etc diminishes as time passes. This phenomenon of diminishing the values of objects is known as depreciation and the depreciation in unit time is called the rate of decrease or depreciation.

Formulas regarding uniform increase and decrease 

Let the present population of a city be P and the rate of uniform increase be R% then the population after n years

= \(\mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{R}}{100}\right)^n\)

Also, if the uniform rate of increase in 1st year be R1%, in 2nd year be R2%, in 3rd year be R3%, ………..in n-th year be Rn%, then the population of the city after n years.

= \(P\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{R}_1}{100}\right)\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{R}_2}{100}\right)\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{R}_3}{100}\right) \cdots \cdots \cdots \cdots \cdots\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{R}_n}{100}\right)\)

Similarly, if the present value of an object be ₹P and if the rate of decrease of its value be R% per annum, then the value of the object after n years

= \(\mathrm{P}\left(1-\frac{\mathrm{R}}{100}\right)^n\)

and depreciation = \(₹\left\{P-P\left(1-\frac{\mathrm{R}}{100}\right)^n\right\}\)

WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 History WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Geography and Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Long Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Life Science And Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Short Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Maths
WBBSE Class 10 History Very Short Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Physical Science and Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Multiple Choice Questions

Arithmetic Chapter 2.1 Uniform Rate Of Increase And Decrease Multiple Choice Questions

Example 1. In the case of compound interest, the rate of compound interest per annum for every year is

  1. Equal
  2. Unequal
  3. Both equal or unequal
  4. None of the above

Solution: 2. Unequal

The rate of compound interest per annum for every year is Unequal

ExampIe 2. In the case of compound interest

  1. The principal remains the same in every year;
  2. The principal changes every year;
  3. Every year the principal may remain the same or may change;
  4. None of the above

Solution: 2. The principal changes every year.

In the case of compound interest The principal changes every year.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 2.1 Uniform Rate Of Increase And Decrease Solved Example Problems

Example 3. If the present population of a village be P and the rate of uniform increase in population in every year be 2r%, then the population of the village after n years will be

1. \(\mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^n\)

2. \(\mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{50}\right)^n\)

3. \(\mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^{2 n}\)

4. \(\mathrm{P}\left(1-\frac{r}{100}\right)^n\)

Solution: 2. \(\mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{50}\right)^n\)

\(\left[because \mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{2 r}{100}\right)^n=\mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{50}\right)^n \cdot\right]^{100}\)

The population of the village after n years will be \(\mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{50}\right)^n\)

Example 4. The present value of a machine be ₹2P and every year the value of it decreases by 2r%. Then the value of the machine after 2n years is 

1. \(\mathrm{P}\left(1-\frac{r}{100}\right)^n\)

2. \(=2 \mathrm{P}\left(1-\frac{r}{50}\right)^n\)

3. \(₹ \mathrm{P}\left(1-\frac{r}{50}\right)^{2 n}\)

4. \(₹ 2 \mathrm{P}\left(1-\frac{r}{50}\right)^{2 n}\)

Solution: 4. \(₹ 2 \mathrm{P}\left(1-\frac{r}{50}\right)^{2 n}\)

The value of the machine after 2n years is  \(₹ 2 \mathrm{P}\left(1-\frac{r}{50}\right)^{2 n}\)

Example 5. If interest is compounded at the interval of 3 months, the amount of the principal ₹a at the rate of compound interest of b % per annum after c years is

1. \(₹ a\left(1-\frac{b}{400}\right)^{4 c}\)

2. \(₹ a\left(1+\frac{b}{100}\right)^{4 c}\)

3. \(₹ a\left(1+\frac{b}{100}\right)^c\)

4. \(₹ a\left(1+\frac{b}{100}\right)^c\)

Solution: 2. \(₹ a\left(1+\frac{b}{100}\right)^{4 c}\)

Arithmetic Chapter 2.1 Uniform Rate Of Increase And Decrease  State Whether The Following Statement Is True Or False

“WBBSE Class 10 Uniform Rate of Increase examples”

Example 1. The compound interest of a certain sum of money for a certain period of time at a certain rate of compound interest per annum is less than the simple interest of the same sum of money for the same period of time and at the same rate of interest.

Solution: False

Example 2. In the case of compound interest the quantity of principal gradually increases.

Solution: True

Example 3. In the case of compound interest, the rate of interest changes every year.

Solution: False

Example 4. In the case of compound interest, the same quantity of interest is obtained in every year.

Solution: False

Example 5. In the case of compound interest the obtained interest is proportional to the period of time.

Solution: True

Arithmetic Chapter 2.1 Uniform Rate Of Increase And Decrease Fill In The Blanks

Example 1. If the increase of any object occurs at a certain rate with respect to a certain period of time, then it is called _______ increase.

Solution: Uniform

Example 2. If the decrease of any object occurs at a certain rate with respect to certain period of time, then it is called uniform ______

Solution: Decrease

Example 3. Compound interest = _______ – principal

Solution: Amount

Example 4. If the rate of compound interest decreases, then the quantity of compound interest also ______

Solution: Decreases

Example 5. For the 1st year, the simple and compound interest are the ______

Solution: Same

Arithmetic Chapter 2.1 Uniform Rate Of Increase And Decrease Short Answer Type Questions

“Solved problems on uniform rate of increase for Class 10”

Example 1. At a certain rate of compound interest, if a sum of money becomes double in n years, then find the period of time in which it will become 4 times.

Solution:

Given:

At a certain rate of compound interest, if a sum of money becomes double in n years

Let ₹x becomes double in nyears at the rate of compound interest r% per annum.

∴ \(x\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^n=2 x\)

⇒ \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^n=2 \) …….(1)

Also, let ₹ x become 4 times in t years at the same rate of interest r% per annum.

\(\begin{aligned}
& x \times\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^t=4 x \\
& \Rightarrow\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^t=4 \\
& \Rightarrow\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^t=2^2 \\
& \Rightarrow\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^{t^*}=\left\{\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^n\right\}^2 \quad\left[because \text { by }(1), 2=\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^n\right] \\
& \Rightarrow\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^t=\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^{2 n} \quad
\end{aligned}\)

Hence, in 2n years the given principal becomes 4 times.

Example 2. The value of a machine being decreased in n years at the rate of r% per year becomes ₹V. Find the value of the machine before n years

Solution:

Given:

The value of a machine being decreased in n years at the rate of r% per year becomes ₹V.

Let the value of the machine before n years was ₹x

As per question, \(x\left(1-\frac{r}{100}\right)^n=\mathrm{V}\)

⇒ \(x=\frac{\mathrm{V}}{\left(1-\frac{r}{100}\right)^n}=\mathrm{V}\left(1-\frac{r}{100}\right)^{-n}\)

Hence, before n yeras, the value of the machine was ₹\(\mathrm{V}\left(1-\frac{r}{100}\right)^{-n}\)

Example 3. At the end of 2nd and 3rd year, the compound interest of a sum of money is ₹880 and ₹968 respectively. What will be the rate of interest per annum?

Solution:

Given:

At the end of 2nd and 3rd year, the compound interest of a sum of money is ₹880 and ₹968 respectively.

Here the interest of ₹880 in 1 year = ₹(968 – 880) = ₹88.

Let the rate of interest be r% per annum.

∴ \(880\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)-880\)=88

or, \(880\left(1+\frac{r}{100}-1\right)\)=88

or, \(880 \times \frac{r}{100}\)=88

or, \(r=\frac{88 \times 100}{880}\)=10

Hence, the rate of interest is 10% per annum.

“Chapter 2.1 Uniform Rate of Decrease solutions WBBSE”

Example 4. What is the equivalent rate of compound interest per annum if the half-yearly compound interest be 10%?

Solution: Let the principal be ₹x.

∴ The amount of ₹x in 1 year at the rate of compound interest 10% compounded half-yearly

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{\frac{10}{2}}{100}\right)^{2 \times 1}\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{1}{20}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^2\)

=\(₹ \frac{441 x}{440}\)

Let the equivalent rate be r%.

∴ \(x\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^1=\frac{441 x}{400}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r}{100}=\frac{441}{400}-1\)

⇒ \(\frac{r}{100}=\frac{441-400}{400}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r}{100}=\frac{41}{400}\)

Hence, the required equivalent rate = 10.25% per annum.

Arithmetic Chapter 2.1 Uniform Rate Of Increase And Decrease Short Answer Type Questions Long Answer Type Questions

Example 1. The present population of the town is 16000. If the rate of increase of population be 5% per annum, then what will be the population of the town after 2 years?

Solution:

Given:

The present population of the town is 16000. If the rate of increase of population be 5% per annum

The present population = 16000

Rate of increase of population = 5% per annum.

Period of time = 2 years.

∴ The population of the town after 2 years

= \(16000 \times\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(16000 \times\left(1+\frac{1}{20}\right)^2\)

= \(16000 \times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^2\)

= \(16000 \times \frac{21 \times 21}{20 \times 20}\)

= 17640.

Hence, the population of the town after 2 years = 17640.

Example 2. The rate of increase of the population of a state is 2% per annum. If the present population of a state be 80000000, then what will be the population of the state after 3 years?

Solution:

Given:

The rate of increase of the population of a state is 2% per annum. If the present population of a state be 80000000

The present population of the state = 80000000.

The rate of increase of population = 2% per annum.

Time = 3 years.

∴ After 3 years the population of that state will be

= \(80000000 \times\left(1+\frac{2}{100}\right)^3\)

= \(80000000 \times\left(1+\frac{1}{50}\right)^3\)

= \(80000000 \times\left(\frac{51}{50}\right)^3\)

= \(80000000 \times \frac{51 \times 51 \times 51}{50 \times 50 \times 50}\)

Hence, the required population will be 84896640.

“Class 10 Maths exercises on uniform increase and decrease”

Example 3. The value of a machine of factory decreases by 10% per year. If the present value of the machine be ₹100000, then what will be its value of it after 3 years?

Solution:

Given:

The value of a machine of factory decreases by 10% per year. If the present value of the machine be ₹100000

The present value of the machine = ₹100000.

The rate of decrease = 10 % per year

Time = 3 years.

∴ The value of machine will b after 3 years

= \(₹ 100000\left(1-\frac{10}{100}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 100000\left(1-\frac{1}{10}\right)^3=₹ 100000 \times\left(\frac{9}{10}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 100000 \times \frac{9 \times 9 \times 9}{10 \times 10 \times 10}\)

= ₹72900

The value of machine will b after 3 years = ₹72900

Hence, the value of the machine after 3 years will be ₹72900.

Example 4. As a result of Sarba Siksha Abhiyan, the students leaving the school before completion, are re-admitted, so the number of students in a year is increased by 5% in comparison to the previous year. If, the number of such re-admitted students in a district be 3528 in the present year. Find the number of students re-admitted 2 years before in this manner.

Solution:

Given:

As a result of Sarba Siksha Abhiyan, the students leaving the school before completion, are re-admitted, so the number of students in a year is increased by 5% in comparison to the previous year. If, the number of such re-admitted students in a district be 3528 in the present year.

Let the number of re-admitted students be x.

Rate of increase of re-admission = 5% per annum.

∴ At the present year the number of students re-admitted

= \(x \times\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^2=x \times\left(1+\frac{1}{20}\right)^2\)

= \(x \times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^2=\frac{441 x}{400}\)

As per the question, \(\frac{441x}{400}\) = 3528

or, \(x=\frac{3528 \times 400}{441}\)

or, x = 3200

Hence, the required number of students re-admitted before 2 years = 3200.

“WBBSE Class 10 Maths solved examples for uniform rates”

Example 5. The present population of a town is 576000. If the rate of increase of population be 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) % per annum, then what was the population of the town before 2 years?

Solution:

Given:

The present population of a town is 576000. If the rate of increase of population be 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) % per annum,

Let the population before 2 years was x.

The rate of increase of population =6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) % per annum. = \(\frac{20}{3}\) % per annum.

∴ The population of the town in present year

= \(x \times\left(1+\frac{\frac{20}{3}}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(x \times\left(1+\frac{1}{15}\right)^2 \)

= \(x \times\left(\frac{16}{15}\right)^2\)

= \(x \times \frac{16 \times 16}{15 \times 15}\)

As per question \(x \times \frac{16 \times 16}{15 \times 15}\) = 576000

⇒ \(x=\frac{576000 \times 15 \times 15}{16 \times 16}\)

= 506250

The population of the town in present year = 506250

Hence, the population of the town before 2 years was 506250.

Example 6. Through the publicity of the road-safety program, street accidents in the Purulia district are decreased by 10% in comparison to the previous year. If the number of street accidents in this year be 8748, then find the number of street accidents 3 years before in the district.

Solution:

Given:

Through the publicity of the road-safety program, street accidents in the Purulia district are decreased by 10% in comparison to the previous year. If the number of street accidents in this year be 8748

Let before 3 years the number of road accidents was x.

Rate of decrease of accidents = 10% per annum.

∴ The number of road-accidents in the present year

=\(x \times\left(1-\frac{10}{100}\right)^3\)

= \(x \times\left(1-\frac{1}{10}\right)^3\)

= \(x \times\left(\frac{9}{10}\right)^3\)

As per the question,

= \(x \times\left(\frac{9}{10}\right)^3=8748\)

⇒ \(x \times \frac{9 \times 9 \times 9}{10 \times 10 \times 10}=8748\)

⇒ \(x=\frac{8748 \times 10 \times 10 \times 10}{9 \times 9 \times 9}\)

⇒ x = 12000

Hence, the heights of the tree was 20 meters before 2 years.

“Understanding uniform rate of increase in Class 10 Maths”

Example 7. The height of a tree increases by 20% per annum. If the present height of the tree be 28.8 metres, then what was the height of the tree before 2 years?

Solution:

Given:

The height of a tree increases by 20% per annum. If the present height of the tree be 28.8 metres

Let the height of the tree was x metres before 2 years.

The rate of increase of height = 20% per annum.

∴ The present height of the tree

= \(x\left(1+\frac{20}{100}\right)^2\) metres.

= \(x \times\left(\frac{6}{5}\right)^2 \text { metres }=\frac{36 x}{25} \text { metres. }\)

As per question, \(\frac{36x}{25}\) = 28.8

or, \(x=\frac{28 \cdot 8 \times 25}{36}\)=20

Hence, the height of the tree was 20 metres before 2 years

Example 8. The weight of Sovanbabu is 80 kg. In order to reduce his weight, he started a regular morning walk. He decided to reduce his weight every year by 10%. Calculate the weight of Sovanbabu after 3 years. 

Solution:

Given:

The weight of Sovanbabu is 80 kg. In order to reduce his weight, he started a regular morning walk. He decided to reduce his weight every year by 10%.

The present weight of Sovanbabu = 80 kg.

Rate of decrease in weight per year = 10%.

∴ The weight of Sovanbabu will be after 3 years

= \(80 \times\left(1-\frac{10}{100}\right)^3 \mathrm{~kg}\)

= \(80 \times\left(\frac{9}{10}\right)^3 \mathrm{~kg}\)

= \(80 \times \frac{9 \times 9 \times 9}{10 \times 10 \times 10} \mathrm{~kg}\)

=58.32 kg.

Hence, after 3 years the required weight of Savanbabu will be 58-32 kg.

Example 9. At present, the sum of the number of students in all M. S. K. in a district is 3993. If the number of students increased in a year was 10% of its previous year, calculate the sum of the number of students 3 years before in all the M. S. K. in the district.

Solution:

Given:

At present, the sum of the number of students in all M. S. K. in a district is 3993. If the number of students increased in a year was 10% of its previous year

Let the number of students before 3 years was x.

The rate of increase of students per year = 10%.

∴ The number of students in the present year

= \(x \times\left(1+\frac{10}{100}\right)^3\)

= \(x \times\left(1+\frac{1}{10}\right)^3\)

= \(x \times\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^3\)

As per question, \(x \times\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^3\) = 3993

or, \(x=\frac{3993 \times 10 \times 10 \times 10}{11 \times 11 \times 11}\)

or, x = 3000

Hence, the required number of students was 3000 before three years.

“Step-by-step solutions for uniform rate problems Class 10”

Example 10. The present value of a machine of a factory is ₹180000. If the value of the machine decreases at the rate of 10% per annum, then what will be the value of the machine after 3 years?

Solution:

Given:

The present value of a machine of a factory is ₹180000. If the value of the machine decreases at the rate of 10% per annum

The present value of the machine = ₹180000.

Rate of decrease of the value = 10% per annum.

∴ The value og the machine will be after 3 years

= \(₹ 180000 \times\left(1-\frac{1}{10}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 180000\left(\frac{10-1}{10}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 180000 \times \frac{9 \times 9 \times 9}{10 \times 10 \times 10}\) =₹ 131220 .

Hence, the required value of the machine will be ₹131220 after 3 years.

Example 11. For the families having no electricity in their houses, a Panchayat samity of village Bakultala accepted a plan to offer electric connections. 1200 families in this village have no electric connection in their houses. In comparison to the previous year, it is possible to arrange electricity every year for 75% of the families having no electricity. Find the number of families without electricity after 2 years. 

Solution:

Given:

For the families having no electricity in their houses, a Panchayat samity of village Bakultala accepted a plan to offer electric connections. 1200 families in this village have no electric connection in their houses. In comparison to the previous year, it is possible to arrange electricity every year for 75% of the families having no electricity.

At present the no. of families having no electric connections = 1200.

Every year, the electric connection increases = 75%.

∴ Every year the no.of families having no electric connections decreases = 100 % – 75% = 25%.

∴  After 2 years the number of families having no electric connections will be

\(1200\times\left(1-\frac{25}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(1200 \times\left(1-\frac{1}{4}\right)^2\)

= \(1200 \times\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^2\)

= \(1200 \times \frac{3 \times 3}{4 \times 4}\)=675

Hence, the number of families without electricity after 2 years will be 675.

Example 12. As a result of continuous publicity on harmful reactions in the use of cold drinks filled bottles, the number of users of cold drinks is decreased by 25% every year in comparison to the previous year. 3 years before number of users of cold drinks in a town was 80000. Find the number of users of cold drinks in the present year.

Solution:

Given:

As a result of continuous publicity on harmful reactions in the use of cold drinks filled bottles, the number of users of cold drinks is decreased by 25% every year in comparison to the previous year. 3 years before number of users of cold drinks in a town was 80000.

The number of users of cold drinks before 3 years is 80000.

Every year this number decreases by 25%

∴ At present this number will be

\(80000 \times\left(1-\frac{25}{100}\right)^3\)

= \(80000 \times\left(1-\frac{1}{4}\right)^3\)

= \(80000 \times\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^3\)

= \(80000 \times \frac{3 \times 3 \times 3}{4 \times 4 \times 4}\)

= 33750

Hence, the required number of users of cold drinks in the present year is 33750.

“WBBSE Maths Chapter 2.1 solved exercises”

Example 13. As a result of publicity on smoking, the number of smoker is decreased by 6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) % every year in comparison to the previous year. If the number of smokers at present in a city is 33750, find the number of smokers in that city 3 years before.

Solution:

Given:

As a result of publicity on smoking, the number of smoker is decreased by 6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) % every year in comparison to the previous year. If the number of smokers at present in a city is 33750,

At present the number of smokers in the city = 33750.

Every year the number of smokers decreases by 6\(\frac{1}{4}\)% = \(\frac{25}{4}\) %

Let the number of smokers before 3 years was x.

∴ At present the number of smokers

\(x \times\left(1-\frac{25}{4 \times 100}\right)^3\)

=\( x \times\left(1-\frac{1}{16}\right)^3\)

= \( x \times\left(\frac{15}{16}\right)^3\)

As per question,

\(x \times\left(\frac{15}{16}\right)^3=33750\)

⇒ \(x \times \frac{15 \times 15 \times 15}{16 \times 16 \times 16}=33750 \)

⇒ \(x=\frac{33750 \times 16 \times 16 \times 16}{15 \times 15 \times 15}\)

⇒ x = 40960

Hence, the number smokers before 3 years was 40960.

Example 14. The population of a village is 20000. If the rate of birth be 4% per annum and the rate of death be 2% per annum, then find the population of the village after 2 years.

Solution:

Given:

The population of a village is 20000. If the rate of birth be 4% per annum and the rate of death be 2% per annum

Rate of birth = 4% per annum.

Rate of death = 2% per annum.

∴ Rate of growth of population = (4% – 2%) per annum

= 2% per annum

The present population of the village is 20000.

∴ The population of the village after 2 years will be

\(20000 \times\left(1+\frac{2}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(20000 \times\left(1+\frac{1}{50}\right)^2\)

= \(20000 \times\left(\frac{51}{50}\right)^2\)

= \(20000 \times \frac{51 \times 51}{50 \times 50}\)

Hence, the required population of the village after 2 years will be 20808.

“Uniform rate of increase and decrease practice problems WBBSE”

Example 15. The population of a town was 160000 before 3 years. If the rate of growth of population in these three years be 3%, 2.5% and 5% respectively, then find the population of the town at present.

Solution:

Given:

The population of a town was 160000 before 3 years. If the rate of growth of population in these three years be 3%, 2.5% and 5% respectively

The population of the town was 160000 before 3 years.

∴ before 2 years, the population of the town was

\(160000 \times\left(1+\frac{3}{100}\right)^1\)

= \(160000 \times \frac{103}{100}\)=164800

Also, before 1 year, the population of the town was

\(164800 \times\left(1+\frac{2 \cdot 5}{100}\right)^1\)

= \(164800 \times\left(\frac{102 \cdot 5}{100}\right)^1\) = 168920

At last, the population in the present year

= \(168920 \times\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^1\)

= \(168920 \times\left(1+\frac{1}{20}\right)\)

=\(168920 \times \frac{21}{20}\)=177366 .

Hence, the population of the town at present is 177366.

Example 16. The present value of a car is ₹360000. If the value of the car decreases at the rate of 10% in the first year and in the next every year the rate of decrease is 20% per year. Then find the value of the car after 3 years.

Solution:

Given:

The present value of a car is ₹360000. If the value of the car decreases at the rate of 10% in the first year and in the next every year the rate of decrease is 20% per year.

The present value of the car = ₹360000.

The value of the car will be after one year

= \(₹ 360000 \times\left(1-\frac{10}{100}\right)^1\)

= \(₹ 360000 \times\left(1-\frac{1}{10}\right)\)

= \(₹ 360000 \times \frac{9}{10}\) = ₹324000

Hence, the value of the car will be ₹207360 after 3 years.

Example 17. This year the number of blood donners in a hospital is 24000. If the number of blood donners increases by 5% in every 6 months, then in how much time will the number of blood donners be 27783?

Solution:

Given:

This year the number of blood donners in a hospital is 24000. If the number of blood donners increases by 5% in every 6 months

This year the number of blood donners is 24000.

The number of blood donners increases by 5%in every 6 months; i.e., 10% in every year.

Let the required time be t years to reach the number of blood donners from 24000 to 27783.

As per question,

\(24000 \times\left(1+\frac{\frac{10}{2}}{100}\right)^{2 t}\)=27783

⇒ \(24000 \times\left(1+\frac{1}{20}\right)^{2 t}\)=27783

⇒ \(\left(\frac{20+1}{20}\right)^{2 t}\)

= \(\frac{27783}{24000}\)

⇒ \(\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^{2 t}=\frac{27783}{24000}=\frac{9261}{8000}=\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^3\)

⇒ \(\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^{2 t}=\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^3\)

⇒ t=3

⇒ \(t=\frac{3}{2}=1 \frac{1}{2}\)

Hence, after 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) years the number of blood donners will be 27783.

Example 18. The number of bicycles produced in the year 2012 and in the year 2015 are 80000 and 92610 respectively. Then find the rate of increase of production in percentage per annum.

Solution:

Given:

The number of bicycles produced in the year 2012 and in the year 2015 are 80000 and 92610 respectively.

The number of bicycles produced in 2012 is 80000.

The number of bicycles produced in 2015 is 92610.

Let the rate of increase of production in every year be r% and the time is 3 years.

As per question, \(8000 \times\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^3\)

\(\begin{aligned}
& \left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^3=\frac{92610}{80000} \\
& \Rightarrow\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^3=\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^3 \\
& \Rightarrow 1+\frac{r}{100}=\frac{21}{20} \\
& \Rightarrow \frac{r}{100}=\frac{21}{20}-1 \\
& \Rightarrow \frac{r}{100}=\frac{21-20}{20} \\
& \Rightarrow \frac{r}{100}=\frac{1}{20} \Rightarrow r=5 .
\end{aligned}\)

Hence, the rate of increase of the production of bi-cycles is 5% per annum.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 2 Compound Interest Solved Example Problems

Arithmetic Chapter 2 Compound Interest Solved Example Problems

We have already noticed that interests are of two types:

Interest: 

  1. Simple Interest
  2. Compound Interest

In this chapter, we shall study only Compound interest.

Definition:

If the interest of a principal for a certain period of time (e.g., 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, etc) is added to the principal to get an amount and for the next period of time the interest is calculated on that amount taking as the principal, then this type of interest is called the compound interest.

Compound interest is simply denoted by C.I.

 WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Maths

Conversion period or interest period:

The conversion period or interest period is a certain period of time at the end of which interest is calculated and added to the principal to get an amount which is treated as the new principal for the next or second period of time.

It is called the interest period. If no conversion period or interest period is noticed, then we shall have to take the interest period as 1 year.

Here, it is a must that for a certain principal for a certain period of time with a certain rate of interest, the compound interest is always greater than the simple interest.

For example, let a person takes a loan of ₹ 100 for 2 years at the rate of simple interest 10% per annum.

Now, the simple interest after 2 years = \(₹ \frac{100 \times 10 \times 2}{100}\) = ₹ 20.

So, to repay the loan, the person shall have to pay ₹ (100 + 20) = ₹ 120.

Now, if the person loans ₹100 for 1 year, then he have to pay back ₹(100 + 10) = ₹110.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 2 Compound Interest Solved Example Problems

But if he loans ₹100 for two years, i.e., for 1 year more, then he will have to pay back ₹110 and the simple interest of ₹110 for 1 year.

Now, the simple interest of ₹110 for 1 year at the rate of 10% per annum

= \(₹ \frac{110 \times 10 \times 1}{100}\)

Thus, after 2 years, the person will have to pay back ₹ (110 + 11) = ₹121 so as to clear his debt.

We can see that in the first case, i.e., for the simple interest, the interest is ₹ 20 and in the second case, i.e., for the compound interest, it is ₹(121- 100) = ₹21.

Clearly, in the second case the interest is ₹(21-20) =₹ 1 more.

WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 History WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Geography and Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Long Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Life Science And Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Short Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Maths
WBBSE Class 10 History Very Short Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Physical Science and Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Multiple Choice Questions

 

To determine the compound interest 

Determine the compound interest of ₹ 500 for 2 years at the rate of 4% per annum.

Solution: For the first year, the principal = ₹ 500.

∴ Interest for the first year = \(\frac{500 \times 4 \times 1}{100}\) = ₹ 20

∴ Amount of the first year = ₹ (500 + 20) = ₹ 520.

∴ For next second year the principal = ₹ 520.

∴ Interest for the second year = \(₹ \frac{520 \times 4 \times 1}{100}\) =₹ 20.8

∴ Amount at the end of 2 years = ₹ (520 + 20.8) = ₹ 540-8.

∴ The required compound interest = ₹ (540.8 – 500) = ₹ 40-8.

Algebraic formulas regarding compound interest

Let the principal be ₹ P and the rate of compound interest be r% per annum.

∴ Interest of the first year = \(\frac{P \times r \times 1}{100}\)

= \(₹ \frac{Pr}{100}\)

∴ Amount of the first year = \(₹\left(P+\frac{P r}{100}\right)\)

= \(₹\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)\)

∴ Principal of the 2nd year = \(₹\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)\)

∴ Interest of the 2nd year = \(₹ \frac{P\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right) \times r \times 1}{100}\)

= \(₹ \mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right) \times \frac{r}{100}\)

∴ Amount of the 2nd year

= \(₹ \mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)+₹ \mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right) \times \frac{r}{100}\)

= \(₹\mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)\)

= \(₹ \mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2\)

Similarly, the amount of the 3rd year = \(₹P\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^3\)

According to the above trend, we find that for the principal ₹ P at the rate of r% per annum after n years, the amount

= \(₹ \mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^n\)

Formula 1

Amount of principal ₹P on n years at the rate of r % compound interest per annum

= \(=\mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^n\)

Formula 2

Interest of principal ₹P on n years at the rate of r % compound interest per annum

= \(=₹\left\{P\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^n-\mathrm{P}\right\}\)

Formula 3

Interest of principal ₹P on n years at the rate of r % compound interest per annum when interests are calculated m times per year

= \(=₹ P\left(1+\frac{\frac{r}{m}}{100}\right)^{m n}\)

Formula 4 

If m = 2 in formula 3 ie.., intersects are calculated 2 times per year which means interests are calculated after every 6 months, then total amount after n years

= \(P\left(1+\frac{\frac{r}{2}}{100}\right)^{2 n}\)

Formula 5

If m = 4 in formula 3 ie.., intersects are calculated 4 times per year which means interests are calculated after every 4 months, then total amount after n years

= \(=P\left(1+\frac{\frac{r}{4}}{100}\right)^{4 n}\)

Formula 6

If the annual rate of compound interest in 1st year be r1%, in 2nd year be r1%, in 3rd year be r1% and ……. at last in n-th year be rn%, then the total amount of principal ₹ P in total n years

= \(₹ \mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r_1}{100}\right)\left(1+\frac{r_2}{100}\right)\left(1+\frac{r_3}{100}\right) \ldots \ldots \ldots \ldots \ldots\left(1+\frac{r_n}{100}\right)\)

Formula 7

If the principal be ₹ P at the rate of r% compound interest per annum and if the period of time be a fraction like 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) years, then the amount

= \(\mathrm{P}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^4 \cdot\left(1+\frac{\frac{2}{3} r}{100}\right)\)

Arithmetic Chapter 2 Compound Interest Multiple Choice Questions

In the following examples how different types of compound interest are calculated have been discussed thoroughly.

Example 1. The sum of the principal and compound interest for a fixed period of time is termed as

  1. Compound interest
  2. Amount
  3. Simple interest
  4. Total interest

Solution: 2. Amount

Example 2. If principal is p and annual rate of compound interest is r%, then the amount for 3 years will be

  1. \(₹ r\left(1+\frac{p}{100}\right)^3\)
  2. \(₹ 3\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^p\)
  3. \(₹ p\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^3\)
  4. \(₹ p\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2\)

Solution: 3. \(₹ p\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^3\)

Example 3. The amount on ₹1000 for 2 years at the rate of 5% compound interest per annum is

  1. ₹1102.50
  2. ₹1120.50
  3. ₹1021.50
  4. ₹1202.50

Solution: 1. ₹1102.50.

The required amount

= \( ₹ 1000\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^2\)

= \( ₹ 1000\left(1+\frac{1}{20}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ 1000 \times \frac{21}{20} \times \frac{21}{20}\) =₹ 1102.50

Example 4. If the rate of compound interest for the first year is 4% and 2nd year is 5%, where the compound interest on ₹ 25000 for 2 years is

  1. ₹ 3200
  2. ₹ 2300
  3. ₹ 2302
  4. ₹2310

Solution: 2. ₹ 2300

Amount after 2 years = ₹ 25000 \(\left(1+\frac{4}{100}\right)\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)\)

= \(₹ 25000 \times \frac{26}{25} \times \frac{21}{20}\) = ₹ 27300

∴ The required compound interest = ₹ 27300 – ₹ 25000 = ₹ 2300

Example 5. At 5% compound interest per annum the compound interest on ₹ 10000 for 3 years is

  1. ₹1567.25
  2. ₹ 1567.52
  3. ₹ 1657.25
  4. ₹ 1576.25

Solution: 4. ₹ 1576.25.

The required compound interest

\(\begin{aligned}
& =₹ 10000\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^3-₹ 10000 \\
& =₹ 10000\left(1+\frac{1}{20}\right)^3-₹ 10000 \\
& =₹ 10000\left\{\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^3-1\right\} \\
& =₹ 10000\left(\frac{9261}{8000}-1\right) \\
& =₹ 10000 \times \frac{1261}{8000} \\
& =₹ \frac{10 \times 1261}{8}=₹ 1576.25
\end{aligned}\)

Arithmetic Chapter 2 Compound Interest Very Short Answer Type Questions

1. Write True Or False 

Example 1. If principal = ₹ p, rate of compound interest per annum = r% and time = n years, then the amount after 2 years is \(₹ p\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2\)

Solution: If principal = ₹p and rate of compound interest per annum for first, 2nd and 3rd year be r1%, r2% and r3% respectively, then total amount for 3 years

Solutions:

1. True, since simple interest after 1 year = \(₹ \frac{p \times r \times 1}{100}=₹ \frac{p r}{100}\)

∴ amount after 1 year = \(₹ \mathrm{p}+₹ \frac{\mathrm{pr}}{100}=₹ \mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)\)

Again, simple interest of new principal \(₹ \mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)\)

for 2nd year \(₹ \frac{p\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{100}\right) \times r \times 1}{100}\)

=\(₹ \frac{\operatorname{pr}\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{100}\right)}{100}\)

∴ Amount after 2 year

= \(₹ p\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{100}\right)+₹ \frac{\operatorname{pr}\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{100}\right)}{100}\)

= \(=₹ \mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{100}\right)\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{100}\right)\)

= \(₹ \mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{100}\right)^2\)

Hence amount after 2 years = \(=p\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2\)

2. False, since the total amount for 3 years

= \(₹ p\left(1+\frac{r_1}{1.00}\right)\left(1+\frac{r_2}{100}\right)\left(1+\frac{r_3}{100}\right)\)

2. Fill in the blanks 

Example 1. Principal and compound interest are ______ proportional.

Solution: Directly

Example 2. Interest = Amount.

Solution: Principal

Example 3. If principal = ₹ p. rate of compound interest be r% per annum and time period be n years,then _____=\(\frac{prt}{100}\) prt

Solution: Interest

Arithmetic Chapter 2 Compound Interest Short Answer Type Questions

“WBBSE Class 10 Compound Interest practice problems”

Example 1. If principal = ₹ p and rate of compound interest per annum for first, 2nd and 3rd year are r1%, r2% and r3% respectively, then find total amount for first year.

Solution:

Given

If principal = ₹ p and rate of compound interest per annum for first, 2nd and 3rd year are r1%, r2% and r3% respectively,

Interest for 1 year = \(₹ \frac{\mathrm{p} \times \mathrm{r}_1 \times 1}{100}\)

= \(₹ \frac{\mathrm{pr}_1}{100}\)

Total amount for first year = \(₹ \frac{\mathrm{pr}_1}{100}\)

Example 2. Calculate the amount on ₹ 20000 at the rate of 5% compound interest per annum for 2 years.

Solution: The required amount = \(₹ 20000\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ 20000\left(1+\frac{1}{20}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ 20000 \times \frac{21}{20} \times \frac{21}{20}\) =₹ 22050

The required amount =₹ 22050

Example 3. If the rate of compound interest of principal ₹ p is r% per annum and the interest is compounded quarterly, i.e. the number of phase of compound interest in a year is 4, then find the amount for n years.

Solution:

Given

If the rate of compound interest of principal ₹ p is r% per annum and the interest is compounded quarterly, i.e. the number of phase of compound interest in a year is 4,

The required amount

= \(₹ \mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{\frac{\mathrm{r}}{4}}{100}\right)^{4 \mathrm{n}}\)

= \(₹ \mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{400}\right)^{4 \mathrm{n}}\)

The amount for n years = \(₹ \mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{400}\right)^{4 \mathrm{n}}\)

Example 4. If the compound interest of principal ₹p is a% per annum and the interest is compounded half-yearly, then find the amount in n years.

Solution:

Given

If the compound interest of principal ₹p is a% per annum and the interest is compounded half-yearly,

The required amount

=\(₹ \mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{\frac{\mathrm{a}}{2}}{100}\right)^{2 \mathrm{n}}\)

= \(₹ \mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{a}}{200}\right)^{2 \mathrm{n}}\)

The amount in n years = \(₹ \mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{a}}{200}\right)^{2 \mathrm{n}}\)

Example 5. Calculate the amount on ₹5000 at the rate of 8% compound interest per annum for 3 years.

Solution: The required amount

= \(₹ 5000\left(1+\frac{8}{100}\right)^3=₹ 5000\left(1+\frac{2}{25}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 5000 \times\left(\frac{27}{25}\right)^3\) =₹ 6298.56

The required amount =₹ 6298.56

Example 6. In how much time ₹64000 will amount ₹68921 at the rate of 10% compound interest per annum if interest is compounded quarterly?

Solution: Here, p = ₹64000, A = ₹68921, r = 10.

Let the required time = n years

As per question,

A = \(p\left(1+\frac{\frac{\mathrm{r}}{4}}{100}\right)^{4 \mathrm{n}}\)

⇒ \(₹ 64000\left(1+\frac{\frac{10}{4}}{100}\right)^{4 n}\) =₹ 68921

or, \(\left(1+\frac{1}{40}\right)^{4 n}=\frac{68921}{64000}\)

or, \(\left(\frac{41}{40}\right)^{4 n}=\left(\frac{41}{40}\right)^3\)

⇒ 4n = 3

⇒ n = \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) x 12 months = 9 months

Hence the required time = 9 months.

“Easy compound interest examples for Class 10”

Example 7. Rina took a loan at the rate of 15% compound interest per annum. If she refunded ₹1290 after 2 years, then what sum of money did Rina take?

Solution:

Given

Rina took a loan at the rate of 15% compound interest per annum. If she refunded ₹1290 after 2 years,

Let the principal = ₹p.

As per the question,

\(₹ \mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{15}{100}\right)^2=₹ 1290+₹ \mathrm{p}\)

or, \(\mathrm{p}\left(1+\frac{3}{20}\right)^2=1290+\mathrm{p} \text { or, } \mathrm{p}\left(\frac{23}{20}\right)^2=1290+\mathrm{p}\)

or, \(\mathrm{p}\left\{\left(\frac{23}{20}\right)^2-1\right\}=1290 \text { or, } \mathrm{p}\left(\frac{529}{400}-1\right)=1290\)

or, \(\mathrm{p} \times \frac{129}{400}=1290 \Rightarrow \mathrm{p}=\frac{1290 \times 400}{129} \Rightarrow \mathrm{p}=4000\)

Hence Rina took a loan of ₹4000.

Example 8. At what rate of compound interest per annum ₹10000 will amount ₹13310 in 3 years?

Solution: Let the rate be r% per annum

As per the question,

\(₹ 10000\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^3=₹ 13310\)

or, \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^3=\frac{13310}{10000}=\frac{1331}{1000}\)

or, \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^3=\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^3\)

⇒ \(1+\frac{r}{100}=\frac{11}{10}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r}{100}\) = \(\frac{11}{10}-1\)

⇒ \(\frac{r}{100}=\frac{1}{10}\)

or, r=10

Hence, the required rate = 10%

Example 9. At what rate of compound interest per annum a sum of money ₹32000 will amount ₹39753.50 in 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) years. When interest is compounded half-yearly?

Solution: Let the required rate = r%.

As per question,

\(₹ 32000\left(1+\frac{\frac{r}{2}}{100}\right)^{2 \times \frac{3}{2}}=₹ 39753 \cdot 50\)

or, \(\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{200}\right)^3=\frac{39753 \cdot 50}{32000}\)

or, \(\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{200}\right)^3=\frac{397535}{320000}\)

or, \(\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{200}\right)^3=\left(\frac{43}{40}\right)^3\)

⇒ \(1+\frac{\mathrm{r}}{200}=\frac{43}{40}\)

or, \(\frac{\mathrm{r}}{200}=\frac{43}{40}-1\)

or, \(\frac{r}{200}=\frac{3}{40}\)

or, r=15

Hence the require rate = 15%

Example 10. In how much time R 6400 will amount R 6561 at the rate of 5% compound interest when interest is compounded quarterly?

Solution: Let the required time = n years.

As per question, \(₹ 6400\left(1+\frac{\frac{5}{4}}{100}\right)^{4 \mathrm{n}}=₹ 6561\)

or, \(\left(1+\frac{1}{80}\right)^{4 n}=\frac{6561}{6400}\)

or, \(\left(\frac{81}{80}\right)^{4 n}=\frac{6561}{6400}\)

or, \(\left(\frac{81}{80}\right)^{4 n}=\left(\frac{81}{80}\right)^2\)

⇒ 4n = 2

⇒ n= \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\) x 12 months = 6 months

Hence the required time = 6 months.

Arithmetic Chapter 2 Compound Interest Long Answer Type Questions

Example 1. At the rate of compound interest 5% per annum, find the amount of ₹ 80000 in 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) years.

Solution:

Given:

At the rate of compound interest 5% per annum

Here, the amount of principal (P) =₹ 80000,

at the rate of compound interest(r%) = 5% in 2 years

= \( ₹ 80000 \times\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ 80000 \times\left(\frac{105}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ 80000 \times \frac{105 \times 105}{100 \times 100}\) =₹ 88200 .

Then after 2 years the principal = ₹ 88200.

Now, at the rate of 5% per annum, the interest in next \(\frac{1}{2}\) year

= \(₹ \frac{88200 \times 5 \times 1}{2 \times 100}\) = ₹ 2205

∴ The amount in 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) years = ₹(88200 + 2205) = ₹90405.

Hence, the required amount = ₹90405.

“Step-by-step solutions for Class 10 Compound Interest”
“WBBSE Maths Chapter 2 Compound Interest exercises”
“Understanding compound interest for Class 10 students”
“WBBSE Class 10 Maths solutions for compound interest”

Example 2. Anil has taken a loan of ₹2000 for 2 years at the rate of compound interest of 6% per annum. Find the compound interest he has to pay after 2 years.

Solution:

Given:

Anil has taken a loan of ₹2000 for 2 years at the rate of compound interest of 6% per annum.

Anil has taken a loam of ₹2000.

∴ Here principal (P) = ₹2000.

Rate of compound interest per annum = 6%

Period of time = 2 years.

∴ After 2 years, the amount

= \(₹ 2000 \times\left(1+\frac{6}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ 2000 \times\left(\frac{106}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ \frac{2000 \times 106 \times 106}{100 \times 100}\)

= ₹ 2247

∴ The compound interest = ₹ (2247.2 – 2000) = ₹ 247.2

Hence, Anil-has to pay compound interest ₹247.2 after 2 years.

Example 3. A poultry farmer took a loan of some money for 2 years at the rate of compound interest of 10%. If the compound interest paid by him be ₹3150, then find the quantity of loan Poultry farmer had lended.

Solution:

Given:

A poultry farmer took a loan of some money for 2 years at the rate of compound interest of 10%. If the compound interest paid by him be ₹3150

Let the quantity of loan be ₹x.

∴ The amount after 2 years of ₹x at the rate of compound interest of 10% per annum.

=\(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{10}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(\frac{110}{100}\right)^2 \cdot\)

The compound interest

= \(₹\left\{x\left(\frac{110}{100}\right)^2-x\right\}\)

= \(₹\left\{x\left[\frac{(110)^2}{(100)^2}-1\right]\right\}\)

= \(₹\left\{x\left[\frac{(110)^2-(100)^2}{(100)^2}\right]\right\}\)

= \(₹ \frac{x(110+100)(110-100)}{100 \times 100}\)

= \(₹ x \times \frac{210 \times 10}{100 \times 100}\)

As per question,

\(x \times \frac{210 \times 10}{100^2}=3150\)

⇒ x = \(₹ \frac{3150 \times 100 \times 100}{210 \times 10}\) =₹ 15000 .

Hence the required pricipal = ₹ 15000

“Step-by-step solutions for Class 10 Compound Interest”

Example 4. Find the principal which becomes ₹2979 after getting 10% compound interest per annum for 3 years.

Solution: Let the principal = ₹x

∴ The amount of ₹x in 3 years at the rate of compound interest of 10% per annum

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{10}{100}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ x \times \frac{1331}{1000}\)

∴ The compound interest

= \(₹\left(x \times \frac{1331}{1000}-x\right)\)

=\(₹ \frac{1331 x-1000 x}{1000}=₹ \frac{331 x}{1000}\)

As per question, \(\frac{331 x}{1000}\) = 2979

⇒ x = \(\frac{2979 \times 1000}{331}\) = 9000

Hence, the required principal = ₹ 9000.

Example 5. Subhasis deposited some money in State Bank at the rate of 5% compound interest and he received amount ₹46305 after 2 years. Find how much money Subhasis had deposited in State Bank.

Solution:

Given:

Subhasis deposited some money in State Bank at the rate of 5% compound interest and he received amount ₹46305 after 2 years.

Let Subhasis had deposited ₹x in the State Bank.

∴ The amount of ₹x in 2 years at the rate of compound interest of 5% per annum,

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^2=₹ x \times\left(\frac{105}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ x \times \frac{105 \times 105}{100 \times 100}\)

As per question, \(x \times\left(\frac{105}{100}\right)^2=46305\)

⇒ \(x \times \frac{105 \times 105}{100 \times 100}=46305\)

⇒ \(x=\frac{46305 \times 100 \times 100}{105 \times 105}=42000\)

Hence Subhasis had deposited ₹42000 in the state bank.

“WBBSE Maths Chapter 2 Compound Interest exercises”

Example 6. Determine the difference between compound interest and simple interest on ₹ 8,000 for 3 years at 5% per annum

Solution: The amount on ₹ 8,000 for 3 years at 5% compound interest per annum

= \(₹ 8,000 \times\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 8,000 \times\left(\frac{105}{100}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 8,000 \times \frac{105 \times 105 \times 105}{100 \times 100 \times 100}\) =₹ 9261

∴ The compound interest = ₹(9,261 – 8,000) = ₹1,261.

Again, the simple interest for 3 years of ₹8,000 at 5% per annum

= \(=₹ \frac{8000 \times 5 \times 3}{100}\) = ₹ 1,200

Hence, the required difference = ₹ (1,261 – 1,200) = ₹ 61.

Example 7. Find the sum of money if the difference between compound interest and simple interest for 2 years at the rate of 8% interest per annum is ₹ 96.

Solution: Let the sum of money be ₹ x.

∴ At the rate of 8% interest per annum the amount of ₹ x for 2 years = \(=₹\left(1+\frac{8}{100}\right)^2\)

∴ The compound interest

= \(₹\left\{x\left(1+\frac{8}{100}\right)^2-x\right\}=₹ x\left\{\left(1+\frac{8}{100}\right)^2-1\right\}\)

= \(₹ x\left\{\left(1+\frac{8}{100}\right)^2-(1)^2\right\}=₹ x\left\{\left(1+\frac{8}{100}+1\right)\left(1+\frac{8}{100}-1\right)\right\}\)

= \(₹ x\left(2+\frac{8}{100}\right) \times \frac{8}{100}=₹ x \times \frac{208}{100} \times \frac{8}{100}\)

= \(₹ \frac{1664 x}{10000}\)

Again, at the rate of 8% interest per annum, the simple interest of ₹ x for 2 years

= \( ₹ \frac{x \times 8 \times 2}{100}\)

= \(₹ \frac{8 x}{50}\)

∴ The required sum of money = ₹15000.

Example 8. Find the sum of money if the difference between compound interest and simple interest for 3 years becomes ₹775 at the rate of 10% per annum.

Solution: Let the sum of money be ₹ x.

∴ At the rate of 10% compound interest per annum, the amount of ₹x for 3 years

= \(₹ x\left(1+\frac{10}{100}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ x\left(1+\frac{1}{10}\right)^3=₹ x \times\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ \frac{1331 x}{1000}\)

∴ Compound interest

= \(₹\left(\frac{1331 x}{1000}-x\right)\)

= \( ₹ \frac{1331 x-1000 x}{1000}\)

= \(₹ \frac{331 x}{1000}\)

Again at the rate of 10% interest per annum, the simple interest of ₹ x for 3 years.

= \(₹ \frac{x \times 10 \times 3}{100}\)

=\(₹ \frac{30 x}{100}\)

As per question, \(\frac{331 x}{1000}-\frac{30 x}{100}=775\)

⇒ \(\frac{331 x-300 x}{1000}=775\)

⇒ 31 x=775 x 1000

⇒ x= \(\frac{775 \times 1000}{31}=25000\)

∴ The required sum of money = ₹ 25000.

“Understanding compound interest for Class 10 students”

Example 9. If the rate of compound interest for the first and second year are 5% and 10% respectively, then find the compound interest on ₹5000 for 2 years.

Solution:

Given

If the rate of compound interest for the first and second year are 5% and 10% respectively,

The principal at the beginning = ₹5000.

The rate of compound interest = 5%; period of time = 1 year.

∴ Amount after first year =\(₹ 5000\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)\)

= \(₹ 5000\left(1+\frac{1}{20}\right)=₹ 5000 \times \frac{21}{20}=₹ 5250\)

∴ Principal at the end of the second year = ₹5250.

The rate of compound interest = 10%

Period of time = 1 year.

∴ The amount after second year = ₹5250(1 + \(\frac{10}{100}\)

∴ Compound interest = ₹(5775 – 5000). = ₹775.

∴ The required compound interest of ₹5000 for 2 years is 775.

Example 10. If the rate of compound interest for the first year be 3%, for the second year be 2% and for the third year be 1%, then find the sum of money, the amount of which for 3 years is ₹5305.53.

Solution:

Given

If the rate of compound interest for the first year be 3%, for the second year be 2% and for the third year be 1%,

Let the sum of money be ₹x.

∴ At the rate of 3% interest per annum, the amount of ₹x after first year

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{3}{100}\right)\) = \(₹ \frac{103 x}{100}\)

for the second year, the prinicipal = ₹ \(\frac{103 x}{100}\)

Again, at the rate of 2% compound interest per annum,

the mount of, ₹ \(\frac{103 x}{100}\) for 1 year

= \(₹ \frac{103 x}{100}\left(1+\frac{2}{100}\right)\)

= \(₹ \frac{103 x}{100} \times \frac{102}{100}\)

∴ For the third year the pricipal = \(₹ \frac{103 x}{100} \times \frac{102}{100}\)

At last, at the rate of 1% compound interest per annum,

the amoun of, \(₹ \frac{103 x}{100} \times \frac{102}{100}\) for year

= \(₹ \frac{103 x}{100} \times \frac{102}{100} \times\left(1+\frac{1}{100}\right)\)

= \(₹ \frac{103 x}{100} \times \frac{102}{100} \times \frac{101}{100}\)

= \(₹ \frac{101 \times 102 \times 103}{100 \times 100 \times 100} \cdot x\)

As per question, \(\frac{101 \times 102 \times 103}{100 \times 100 \times 100} . x=5305.53\)

⇒ x= \(\frac{5305.53 \times 100 \times 100 \times 100}{101 \times 102 \times 103}\)

⇒ x = 5000

∴ The required sum of money = ₹5000.

Example 11. If the simple interest of a certain sum of money for 1 year is X50 and compound interest for 2 years is X 102, then find the sum of money and the rate of interest.

Solution:

Given

If the simple interest of a certain sum of money for 1 year is X50 and compound interest for 2 years is X 102

Let the principal be X xand the rate of interest be r% per annum,

∴ at the rate of r %interest per annum, the simple interest of 1 year

= \(₹ \frac{x \times r \times 1}{100}\) = \(₹ \frac{r x}{100}\)

As per question, \(\frac{rx}{100}\) = 50

⇒ rx = 5000…..(1)

Again, at the rate of r% compound interest per annum of ₹x in 2 years, the amount

= ₹\(x\times\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2\)

∴ The compound interest

= \(₹\left\{x \times\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2-x\right\}\)

= \(₹ x\left[\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2-1\right]\)

= \(₹ x\left[\left(1+\frac{r}{100}+1\right)\left(1+\frac{r}{100}-1\right)\right]\)

= \(₹ x\left[\left(2+\frac{r}{100}\right) \times \frac{r}{100}\right]\)

= \(₹ \frac{x r}{100}\left(2+\frac{r}{100}\right)\)

= \(₹ \frac{5000}{100}\left(2+\frac{r}{100}\right) \quad[\text { by (1)] }\)

= \(₹ 50\left(2+\frac{r}{100}\right)=₹\left(100+\frac{r}{2}\right)\)

As per question, 100 + \(\frac{r}{2}\)=102

⇒ \(\frac{r}{2}\) =102-100

⇒ \(\frac{r}{2}\) = 2

⇒ r = 4

from (1) we get, 4x = 5000 [r = 4]

⇒ x = \(\frac{5000}{4}\) ⇒ x = 1250

∴The required sum of money = ₹1250 and rate of interest = 4% per annum.

Example 12. If simple interest and compound interest of a certain sum of money for two years are ₹8400 and ₹8652 respectively, then find the sum of money and the rate of interest.

Solution:

Given

If simple interest and compound interest of a certain sum of money for two years are ₹8400 and ₹8652 respectively,

Let the principal be ₹x and the rate of interest be r% per annum.

∴ The simple interest of ₹x in 2 years at the rate of r% per annum

= \(₹ \frac{x \times r \times 2}{100}=₹ \frac{2 x r}{100}\)

Again, the amount of ₹x for 2 years at the rate of r % per annum

= \(₹\left\{x \times\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2-x\right\}\)

= \(₹ x\left\{\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2-(1)^2\right\}\)

= \(₹ x\left(1+\frac{r}{100}+1\right)\left(1+\frac{r}{100}-1\right)\)

= \(₹ x\left(2+\frac{r}{100}\right) \times \frac{r}{100}\)

As per question, \(\frac{2xr}{100}\) = 8400

⇒ \(\frac{xr}{100}\) = 42000 ….(1)

and \(\frac{xr}{100}\) \(\left(2+\frac{r}{100}\right)\) = 8652 [by (1)]

⇒ \(4200\left(2+\frac{r}{100}\right)=8652\)

⇒ \(2+\frac{r}{100}=\frac{8652}{4200}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r}{100}=\frac{8652}{4200}-2\)

⇒ \(\frac{r}{100}=\frac{8652-8400}{4200}\)

⇒ \(r=\frac{252 \times 100}{4200}\)

⇒ r=6

Then, from(1) we get, \(\frac{x \times 6}{100}\)=4200[r=6]

⇒ \(x=\frac{4200 \times 100}{6}\)

⇒ x=70000

Hence, the required sum of money =₹70000 and the rate of interest = 6% per annum.

Example 13. Divide T 6305 into three parts in such a way that at the rate of compound interest of 5% per annum, the amounts of 1st part in 2 years, the amounts of 2nd part in 3 years and the amounts of 3rd part in 4 years are all equal.

Solution:

Given

The rate of compound interest of 5% per annum, the amounts of 1st part in 2 years, the amounts of 2nd part in 3 years and the amounts of 3rd part in 4 years are all equal.

Let the three parts be ₹x, ₹y and ₹ z respectively.

∴ x+y+z= 6305.. (1)

At the rate of 5% compound interest per annum,

The amount ₹x in 2 years

= \(₹ x\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^2\)

The amount ₹y in 3 years

= \(₹ y\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ y\times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^3\)

The amount ₹z in 4 years

= \(₹ z\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)^4\)

= \(₹ z\times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^4\)

As per the question,

\(₹ x \times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^2\) = \(₹ y\times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ z\times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^4\) = k(let}

∴ \(₹ x \times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^2\) = k

⇒ \(x=k \times\left(\frac{20}{21}\right)^2=\frac{400 k}{441}\)

∴ \(₹ y\times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^3\) = k

⇒ \(y=k \times\left(\frac{20}{21}\right)^3=\frac{8000 k}{9261}\)

∴ \(₹ z\times\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^4\)

⇒ \(z=k \times\left(\frac{20}{21}\right)^4=\frac{160000 k}{194481}\)

Then from(1) we get,

\(\frac{400 k}{441}+\frac{8000 k}{9261}+\frac{160000 k}{194481}\)=6305

⇒ \(k \times \frac{400}{441}\left(1+\frac{20}{21}+\frac{400}{441}\right)\)=6305

⇒ \(\frac{k \times 400}{441} \times\left(\frac{441+420+400}{441}\right)\)=6305

⇒ \(\frac{k \times 400}{441} \times \frac{1261}{441}\)=6305

⇒ \(k=\frac{6305 \times 441 \times 441}{400 \times 1261}\)

=\(\frac{441 \times 441}{80}\)

∴ \(x=\frac{400}{441} \times \frac{441 \times 441}{80}\)=2205

y= \(\frac{8000}{9261} \times \frac{441 \times 441}{80}\) =2100

z = \(\frac{160000}{194481} \times \frac{441 \times 441}{80}\) = 2000

∴ The required three parts of ₹6305 are ₹2205, ₹2100, ₹2000.

Example 14. Divide ₹3903 between A and B in such a way that at the rate of compound interest of 4% per annum, the amount obtained by A after 7 years is equal to the amount obtained by B after 9 years.

Solution: Let the sum of money given to A be ₹x and that given to B be ₹y.

Then, the amount obtained by A after 7 years at the rate of compound interest of 4% per annum

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{4}{100}\right)^7\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(\frac{26}{25}\right)^7\)

Similarly, the amount obtained by B after 9 years at the same rate of interest

= \(₹ y \times\left(1+\frac{4}{100}\right)\)

= \(₹ y \times\left(\frac{26}{25}\right)^9\)

As per the question,

= \( x \times\left(\frac{26}{25}\right)^7\)

= \( y \times\left(\frac{26}{25}\right)^9\)

⇒\( x=y \times\left(\frac{26}{25}\right)^{9-7}\)

⇒ \( x=y \times\left(\frac{26}{25}\right)^2\)

⇒ \(\frac{x}{y}=\frac{676}{625}\)

x: y = 676: 625

∴ Sum of money of A = ₹ 3903 x \(\frac{676}{676+625}\)

= ₹ 3903 x \(\frac{676}{1301}\)

= ₹ 3 x 676 = ₹2028

and sum of money of B = ₹ 3903 x \(\frac{625}{676+625}\)

= ₹ 3903 x \(\frac{625}{676+625}\)

= ₹ 3 x 625 = ₹ 1875

Hence, the required sum of money is ₹ 2028 obtained by A and the sum of money is ₹ 1875 obtained by B.

Example 15. A sum of money becomes 2 times at the rate of compound interest in 15 years. In how many years, it will become 8 times at the same rate of compound interest?

Solution:

Given

A sum of money becomes 2 times at the rate of compound interest in 15 years.

Let the principal be ₹x and the rate of compound interest per annum be r%

∴ The amount of ₹x in 15 years at the rate of compound interest of r% per annum

= \(₹ x\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^{15}\)

As per question, \(x\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^{15}\) = 2x

⇒ \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^{15}\)=2 …(1)

Now, let the principal becomes 8 times in t years at the sane rate of compound interest

∴ \(x\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^t\) =8 x

⇒ \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^t\) =8

⇒ \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^t=2^3\)

⇒ \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^t\)

= \(\left\{\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^{15}\right\}^3\)

\(\left[because 2=\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^{15} \text { by (1) }\right]\)

⇒ \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^t\)

= \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^{45}\)

⇒ t=45 .

Hence, the required time = 45 years.

Example 16. The simple interest of a sum of money at the rate of 4% per annum in 3 years is ₹303.60. Then find the compound interest of the same principal at the same rate of compound interest in the same period of time.

Solution:

Given:

The simple interest of a sum of money at the rate of 4% per annum in 3 years is ₹303.60.

Let the principal be ₹x.

∴ The simple interest of ₹x at the rate of 4% simple interest per annum in 3 years.

= \(₹ \frac{x \times 4 \times 3}{100}\)= \(₹ \frac{3 x}{25}\)

As per question, \(\frac{3x}{25}\) = 303.60

⇒ x=\(\frac{303 \cdot 60 \times 25}{3}\)

⇒ x = 2530.

Hence the principal = ₹2530.

Now, the compound interest of ₹x in 3 years at the rate of 4% compound interest per annum.

= \( ₹ 2530 \times\left(1+\frac{4}{100}\right)^3-₹ 2530\)

= \(₹ 2530 \times\left\{\left(\frac{26}{25}\right)^3-1\right\}\)

= \( ₹ 2530 \times\left(\frac{17576}{15625}-1\right)\)

= \(₹ 2530 \times\left(\frac{17576-15625}{15625}\right)\)

= \(₹ 2530 \times \frac{1951}{15625}\)

= ₹315.905 = ₹315.91 (approx)

Hence, the required compound interest = ₹315.91 (approx).

Example 17. Atanu borrowed ₹64000 from a Cooperative bank. If the rate of interest per annum be 2.5 paisa per ₹1, then how much compound interest should Atanu have to pay to the Cooperative bank after 3 years?

Solution:

Given:

Atanu borrowed ₹64000 from a Cooperative bank. If the rate of interest per annum be 2.5 paisa per ₹1

The rate of interest = 2.5 paisa per ₹1

= (2.5 x 100)paisa per ₹100

= ₹2.5 per ₹100

= 2.5% per annum.

∴ At the rate of 2.5% compound interest per annum, the amount of ₹64000 in 3 years.

= \(₹ 64000\left(1+\frac{2 \cdot 5}{100}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 64000\left(1+\frac{25}{1000}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 64000\left(\frac{41}{40}\right)^3\)

= ₹ 68921

∴ The compound interest = ₹(68921 – 64000) = ₹4921.

Hence, the required compound interest = ₹ 4921.

“WBBSE Class 10 Maths solutions for compound interest”

Example 18. Anil took a loan of ₹20000 from a bank under the condition that he would repay the loan by three equal instalments. If the rate of compound interest of the bank be 5% per annum, then find the amount of money in each instalment.

Solution:

Given:

Anil took a loan of ₹20000 from a bank under the condition that he would repay the loan by three equal instalments. If the rate of compound interest of the bank be 5% per annum

Let each of the instalments be ₹100 and the principal of the first instalment be ₹x.

∴ \( x \times\left(1+\frac{5}{100}\right)\)=100

⇒ \( x \times\left(\frac{100+5}{100}\right)\)=100

⇒ \( x \times \frac{105}{100}=100 \)

⇒ \( x=\frac{100 \times 100}{105}=\frac{2000}{21}\)

Similarly, the principal of the second instalment

= \(₹ \frac{100 \times 100}{105} \times \frac{100}{105}\)= \(₹ \frac{40000}{441}\)

And the principal of the third instalment

= \(₹ \frac{100 \times 100}{105} \times \frac{100}{105} \times \frac{100}{105}\)

= \(₹\frac{800000}{9261}\)

∴ The total principle

= \(₹\left(\frac{2000}{21}+\frac{40000}{441}+\frac{800000}{9261}\right)\)

= \(₹\frac{2000}{21}\left(1+\frac{20}{21}+\frac{400}{441}\right)\)

= \(₹\frac{2000}{21}\left(\frac{441+420+400}{441}\right)\)

= \(₹\frac{2000}{21} \times \frac{1261}{441}\)

= \(₹\frac{2000000}{9261}\)

∴ If the principal be ₹ \(₹\frac{2000000}{9260}\) 2, then the instalment is ₹100

∴ If the principal be ₹1, then the instalment is \(₹\frac{100 \times 9261}{2000000}\)

∴ If the principal be ₹20000 then the instalment is \(₹\frac{100 \times 9261 \times 20000}{2000000}\)

= ₹9261

Hence, the amount of each instalment is ₹9261.

Example 19. The simple interest and compound interest of a certain sum of money for 2 years are ₹420 and ₹434.70 respectively. Find the sum of money and the rate of interest.

Solution:

Given:

The simple interest and compound interest of a certain sum of money for 2 years are ₹420 and ₹434.70 respectively.

Let the principal be ₹x and the rate of interest be r%

Then the simple interest of ₹x in 2 years

= \(₹ \frac{x \times r \times 2}{100}\)

As per question, \(\frac{2xr}{100}\) = 420

⇒ \(\frac{xr}{100}\) 210 ….(1)

Again, the compound interest of ₹x in 2 years

= \(₹\left\{x \times\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2-x\right\}\)

= \(₹ x \times\left\{\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2-(1)^2\right\}\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{r}{100}+1\right)\left(1+\frac{r}{100}-1\right)\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(2+\frac{r}{100}\right) \times \frac{r}{100}\)

=\( ₹ \frac{x r}{100}\left(2+\frac{r}{100}\right)\)

= \(₹ 420\left(2+\frac{r}{100}\right)\) [because by(1), \(\frac{x r}{100}\)=420]

As per question, \(210\left(2+\frac{r}{100}\right)\) =434.70

or, \(2+\frac{r}{100}\) =\(\frac{434 \cdot 70}{210}\)

or, \(\frac{200+r}{100}\) = \(\frac{43470}{210 \times 100}\)

or, 200+r = \(\frac{43470}{210}\)

or, 200 + r = 207

or, r = 207 – 200

or, r =7

∴ From(1) we get, \(\frac{x \times 7}{100}\) = 210

or, \(x=\frac{210 \times 100}{7}\) = 3000

Hence, the sum of money = ₹3000 and the rate of interest per annum is 7%

Example 20. Calculate at what rate of compound interest ₹5000 amount to ₹5408 in 2 years.

Solution: Let the compound interest be r%.

∴ The amount of ₹5000 in 2 years = \(₹ 5000 \times\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2\)

As per the question, \(5000 \times\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2\) = 5408

or, \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2=\frac{5408}{5000}\)

or, \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2=\frac{676}{625}\)

or, \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2=\left(\frac{26}{25}\right)\)

or, \(1+\frac{r}{100}=\frac{26}{25}\) (by taking square rooty of both sides)

or, \(\frac{r}{100}=\frac{26}{25}-1\)

or, \(\frac{r}{100}=\frac{1}{25}\)

or, \(r=\frac{1 \times 100}{25}=4\)

Hence, the rate of compound interest is 4% per annum.

Example 21. A person invested a sum of money in a bank under the condition that the bank will offer him compound interest. If the compound interest of two consecutive years be ₹225 and ₹238.50 respectively, then find the rate of compound interest per annum.

Solution:

Given:

A person invested a sum of money in a bank under the condition that the bank will offer him compound interest. If the compound interest of two consecutive years be ₹225 and ₹238.50 respectively

The compound interest in the second year = ₹238.50 and in the first year = ₹225.

∴ the interest of ₹225 in 1 year = ₹(238.50 – 225) = ₹13.50

= \(₹\frac{135}{10}\) = ₹ \(\frac{27}{2}\)

Let the rate of interest be r%

∴ \(225 \times\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)-225\)=\(\frac{27}{2}\)

⇒ \(225 \times\left(1+\frac{r}{100} \cdot 1\right)\)=\(\frac{27}{2}\)

⇒ \(225 \times \frac{r}{100}\)=\(\frac{27}{2}\)

⇒ \( r=\frac{27 \times 100}{2 \times 225}\)

⇒ r=6

Hence, the required rate of compound interest is 6% per annum.

Example 22. Calculate the compound interest on ₹5000 for 1 year at the rate of 8% compound interest per annum compounded at the interval of 6 months.

Solution: Here, the principal is ₹5000 and the rate of compound interest is 8% per annum.

Since the interest is compounded at the interval of 6 months, the period of time is 2 and the time is 1 year.

∴ The required amount

= \(₹ 5000 \times\left(1+\frac{\frac{8}{2}}{100}\right)^{2 \times 1}\)

= \(₹ 5000 \times\left(1+\frac{1}{25}\right)^2\)

=\(₹ 5000 \times\left(\frac{26}{25}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ 5000 \times \frac{26}{25} \times \frac{26}{25}\)=₹ 5408

∴ The compound interest = ₹(5408 – 5000) = ₹408.

Hence, the compound interest =₹408.

Example 23. Calculate the compound interest on ₹5250 for 9 months at the rate of 10% compound interest per annum compounded at the interval of 3 months.

Solution: Here the principal is ₹5250.

The rate of compound interest is 10%. Time = 9 months = \(\frac{9}{12}\) year = \(\frac{3}{4}\) year.

Since the interest is compounded at the interval of 3 months, the period is 4.

∴ The amount of ₹5250 in 9 months at the rate of 10% per annum

= \(₹ 5250 \times\left(1+\frac{\frac{10}{4}}{100}\right)^{\frac{3}{4} \times 4}\)

= \(₹ 5250 \times\left(1+\frac{10}{4 \times 100}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 5250 \times\left(\frac{40+1}{40}\right)^3=₹ 5250\left(\frac{41}{40}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 5250 \times \frac{41 \times 41 \times 41}{40 \times 40 \times 40}\)

=₹ 5653.67 (approx)

∴ The compound interest = ₹(5653.67 – 5250) = ₹403.67.

Hence, the compound interest of ₹5250 in 9 months is ₹403.67 (approx).

Example 24. Calculate at what rate of interest per annum will ₹60000 amount to ₹69984 in 2 years.

Solution: Let the compound interest be r% per annum.

Here the principal is ₹60000 and the time is 2 years.

∴ The amount of ₹60000 in 2 years = ₹60000 x \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2\)

As per question,

\(60000 \times\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2=69984\)

⇒ \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2=\frac{69984}{60000}\)

⇒ \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2=\frac{729}{625}\)

⇒ \(\left(1+\frac{r}{100}\right)^2\)

=\(\left(\frac{27}{25}\right)^2=\)

⇒ \(1+\frac{r}{100}=\frac{27}{25}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r}{100}=\frac{27}{25}-1 \Rightarrow \frac{r}{100}\)

=\(\frac{27-25}{25}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r}{100}=\frac{2}{25}\)

⇒ \(r=\frac{2 \times 100}{25}\)

⇒r=8

Hence, the rate of compound interest is 8% per annum.

Example 25. Calculate the principal which amounts ₹9826 after 18 months at the rate of compound interest 2.5% per annum when interest is compounded at the interval of 6 months.

Solution: Let the principal be ₹x.

The rate of compound interest per annum is 2 • 5% = \(\frac{5}{2}\) %

Time = 18 months = \(\frac{18}{12}\) years = \(\frac{3}{2}\)years

Since interest is compounded at the interval of 6 months, the period of time is 2.

∴ The amount of ₹x in \(\frac{3}{2}\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{\frac{5}{2 \times 2}}{100}\right)^{\frac{3}{2} \times 2}\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{1}{80}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(\frac{80+1}{80}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(\frac{81}{80}\right)^3\)

As per question

\(x \times\left(\frac{81}{80}\right)^3\) =9826

⇒ \(x \times \frac{81 \times 81 \times 81}{80 \times 80 \times 80}\) =9826

⇒ \(x=\frac{9826 \times 80 \times 80 \times 80}{81 \times 81 \times 81}\)

⇒ x = 9466.54(approx)

Hence, the required principal is ₹9466-54 (approx).

Example 26. Calculate in how many years will ₹300000 amount to ₹399300 at the rate of 10% compound interest per annum.

Solution: Here principal = ₹300000.

Rate of compound interest = 10% per annum, let the required time be t years.

∴ The amont of ₹300000 after t years =

= \(₹ 300000 \times\left(1+\frac{10}{100}\right)^t\)

= \(₹ 300000 \times\left(1+\frac{1}{10}\right)^t \)

= \(₹ 300000 \times\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^t\)

As per question, \(₹ 300000 \times\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^t\) = 399300

or, \(\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^t=\frac{399300}{300000}\)

= \(\frac{1331}{1000}=\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^3\)

= \(\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^t=\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^3\)

⇒ t =3

Hence the required time = 3 years.

Hence, the required time = 3 years.

Example 27. A sum of money was invested in a monetary fund for 2 years at the rate of compound interest of 20% per annum. If interest had been compounded at the interval of 6 months, then the compound interest would be ₹482 more of the same principal at the same rate of interest. Find the sum of money invested.

Solution:

Given:

A sum of money was invested in a monetary fund for 2 years at the rate of compound interest of 20% per annum. If interest had been compounded at the interval of 6 months, then the compound interest would be ₹482 more of the same principal at the same rate of interest.

Let the sum of money invested be ₹x

Then for the first case, the amount of ₹x after 2 years

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{20}{100}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{1}{5}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(\frac{5+1}{5}\right)^2\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(\frac{6}{5}\right)^2\)

= \(₹\frac{36x}{25}\)

Also, for the second case, the amount of ₹x after 2 yeras, the amount

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{\frac{20}{2}}{100}\right)^{2 \times 2}\)

= \(₹ x \times\left(1+\frac{1}{10}\right)^4=₹ x \times\left(\frac{11}{10}\right)^4\)

= \(₹ \frac{14641 x}{10000}\)

The sum of money invested = \(₹ \frac{14641 x}{10000}\)

Example 28. At the rate of compound interest of 8% per annum in how many years will the principal ₹40000 amount ₹46656?

Solution: Here, the principal is ₹40000.

The rate of compound interest = 8%

Let the required time be t years.

∴ The amount of ₹40000 in t years

= \(₹ 40000 \times\left(1+\frac{8}{100}\right)^t\)

= \(₹ 40000 \times\left(1+\frac{2}{25}\right)^t\)

= \(₹ 40000 \times\left(\frac{27}{25}\right)^t\)

As per question,

\(40000 \times\left(\frac{27}{25}\right)^t\) =46656

or,\(\left(\frac{27}{25}\right)^t\)=\(\frac{46656}{40000}\)

or, \(\left(\frac{27}{25}\right)^t\) =\(\frac{729}{625}\)

= \(\left(\frac{27}{25}\right)^2\)

⇒ t = 2

Hence, the required time = 2 years.

Example 29. Calculate the compound interest and amount on ₹1600 for 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) years at the rate of 10% compound interest per annum compounded at the interval of 6 months.

Solution: Here principal = ₹1600, rate of interest = 10%, time = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) years

= \(\frac{3}{2}\) years, period = \(\frac{12}{6}\) = 2

Hence the required amount

= \(₹ 1600\left(1+\frac{\frac{10}{2}}{100}\right)^{\frac{3}{2} \times 2}\)

= \(₹ 1600\left(1+\frac{1}{20}\right)^3\)

= \(₹ 1600\left(\frac{21}{20}\right)^3\)

= \( ₹ \frac{1600 \times 21 \times 21 \times 21}{20 \times 20 \times 20}\)=₹1852.20

Required compound interest = ₹(1852.20 – 1600) = ₹252.20

Hence the required compound interest = ₹252.20 and the required amount = ₹1852.20.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Simple Interest Solved Example Problems

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Simple Interest Solved Example Problems

WBBSE Class 10 Simple Interest Examples

In our daily life, we sometimes face a problem of shortage of required money to perform certain work. In such a situation, we generally borrow some money from-bank or any other monetary fund to complete the same work.

We have to pay some extra money more than the debt taken by us, after a certain time period to that very monetary fund. This very extra money paid by us to the fund is called interest, that is, we pay some interest to that monetary fund.

Moreover, we generally deposit our savings for a certain time to a bank or any other monetary fund. Here, the monetary fund pays some extra money to us after that certain period. This very extra money is also known as interest.

Interest is of two types:

  1. Simple Interest
  2. Compound Interest

In this chapter, we shall study only Simple Interest.

Definition: When interests are calculated only on the principal, then it is called simple interest.

Some definitions regarding simple interest:

WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Maths

Principal: The quantity of money which is borrowed or which is invested, is known as principal.

Interest: After a certain time is over, the quantity of money which is given or taken, is known as interest.

Period: The duration of time by which debt is taken or given is known as a period.

Amount: The sum of principal and total interest is called the amount.

Rate of Interest:

The quantity of interest paid on some money for a certain time period is known as the rate of interest, e.g., the quantity of money paid on ₹100 for 1 year is called the percentage of interest per year.

For example, Yearly rate of interest = 5 % means that the total interest paid on t 100 for 1 year is ₹5.

Sometimes, interests are calculated on the basis of half-yearly, quarterly, and even on daily basis of time period.

Creditor: The person or the institution who gives a debt is generally known as a creditor.

Debtor: The person or institution who takes a loan is generally known as a debtor.

For example: If any person of any institution deposits some money to a bank, then the person or the institution is known as a creditor and the bank is known as a debtor.

There is a direct ratio between the principal, period, and the rate of interest.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Simple Interest Solved Example Problems

Necessary formulae regarding simple interest :

1. Amount = Principal + Interest
2. Principal = Amount – Interest
3. Interest = Amount – Principal

Let Principal =₹P, rate of yearly simple interest = r % and period = t years, then the total interest, I = \(\frac{Prt}{100}\)

Thus, if any three of the quantities P, I, r, t are given, then the rest can be determined by this formula,

e.g., P = \(\frac{100 I}{rt}\), \(\frac{100 I}{Pt}\), \(\frac{100 I}{Pr}\)

WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 History WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Geography and Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Long Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Life Science And Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Short Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Maths
WBBSE Class 10 History Very Short Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Physical Science and Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Multiple Choice Questions

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Simple Interest Examples Multiple Choice Questions

Example 1. If a principal amount doubles in 10 years, then the rate of yearly simple interest is

  1. 10%
  2. 15%
  3. 20%
  4. 25%

∴ 1. 10%

Solution: Let the principal be ₹ x and the yearly rate of simple interest be r %

If the principal amounts ₹ 2x in 10 years, then the interest =  ₹(2x – x) = ₹ x

∴ Total interest in 10 years =\(\frac{P rt}{100}\)= ₹ \(\frac{x \times r \times 10}{100}\) = ₹ \(\frac{x r}{10}\)

∴ \(\frac{xr}{10}\) = x

⇒ r = \(\frac{x \times 10}{x}\) = 10

∴ Rate of yearly simple interest = 10 %

Solved Simple Interest Problems for Class 10

Example 2. The total interest of any principal is ₹ x in x years at the rate of yearly simple interest x%. Then the principal is

  1. ₹ x
  2. ₹ 100 x
  3. ₹ \(\frac{100}{x}\)
  4. ₹ \(\frac{100}{x^2}\)

∴ 3. ₹ \(\frac{100}{x}\)

Solution:

Given

The total interest of any principal is ₹ x in x years at the rate of yearly simple interest x%.

Let the principal = ₹ P

Rate of interest = x %

Total interest = ₹ x.

We know that I = \(\frac{P rt}{100}\)

Here, \(\frac{\mathrm{P} \times x \times x}{100}\) = x

⇒ P = \(\frac{100}{x}\)

∴ The required principal = ₹ \(\frac{100}{x}\)

Example 3. A principal amounts double in 20 years at a certain rate of simple interest. At the same rate of interest the principal amounts triple in

  1. 30 years
  2. 35 years
  3. 40 years
  4. None of these.

∴ 3. 40 years.

Solution:

Given

A principal amounts double in 20 years at a certain rate of simple interest.

Let the principal be ₹ x and the rate of simple interest be r %

As per the question, the amount = ₹ 2x in 20 years.

∴ Interest = ₹ (2x – x) =₹ x

∴ \(\frac{x \times r \times 20}{100}\) =x

∴ r=\(\frac{100 \times x}{x \times 20}\) =5

∴ The required yearly rate of simple interest = 5%

If this principal amounts ₹ 3x, then the interest = ₹ (3x – x) = ₹ 2x

Let the required time = t years.

∴ \(\frac{x \times 5 \times t}{100}\) =2 x

⇒ t =\(\frac{2 x \times 100}{x \times 5}\) = 40

∴ The required time = 40 years.

Example 4. The total interest of a principal of ₹ 2000 in 18 months at the rate of yearly simple interest 6% is

  1. ₹ 160
  2. ₹ 180
  3. ₹ 200
  4. ₹ 220

Solution: 18 months = \(\frac{18}{12}\) years = \(\frac{3}{2}\) years

Here, P = ₹ 2000

Rate of interest, r % = 6 %

Period, t = \(\frac{3}{2}\) years

∴ Total interest =₹ \(\frac{2000 \times 6 \times 3}{2 \times 100}\) = ₹ 180

∴ The required total interest = ₹ 180.

Example 5. If the total interest of a principal in 6 years be 30% of the principal, then the total interest will be equal to the principal in

  1. 18 years
  2. 20 years
  3. 22 years
  4. 24 years

∴ 2. 20 years

Solution: Let the principal be ₹ x and the rate of yearly simple interest be r %

Then, the interest in 6 years = ₹ x X \(\frac{30}{100}\) = ₹ \(\frac{3x}{10}\)

∴ The rate of interest = 5 %

Also, let the required time = t years.

\(\frac{x \times 5 \times t}{100}=x \Rightarrow t=\frac{100 \times x}{5 \times x}=20\)

∴ The required time = 20 years.

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Simple Interest Examples Very Short Answer Type Questions

Understanding Simple Interest Calculations

Example 1. If the rate of simple interest per annum decreases from 4% to 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)% then the yearly income of a person decreases by ₹ 60. Find the principal of that person.

Solution:

Given:

If the rate of simple interest per annum decreases from 4% to 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)% then the yearly income of a person decreases by ₹ 60.

(4 – 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\))% = \(\frac{1}{4}\) %

As per question, ₹ \(\frac{1}{4}\) interest decreases when principal = ₹ 100

₹ 1 interest decreases when principal = ₹ I00 x 4

₹ 60 interest decreases when principal= ₹ 100 x 4 x 60 = ₹ 24000

Hence the required principal = ₹ 24000.

Example 2. If the rate of simple interest per annum be 6%, then find the simple interest of ₹ 3000 from 5th January 31st May of 2019.

Solution:

Given:

If the rate of simple interest per annum be 6%,

Here, the total number days are as follows:

January = 26 days
February = 28 days
March = 31 days
April = 30 days
May = 31 days

Total = 146 days

Now, 146 days = \(\frac{146}{365}\) years = \(\frac{2}{5}\) years

So, here principal, p = ₹ 3500 rate of interest, r% = 6%

Time, t = \(\frac{2}{5}\) years

We know that \(1=\frac{\text { prt }}{100}\)

= \(₹ \frac{30006 \times \frac{2}{5}}{100}\)

Hence the required simple interest = ₹ 72.

Example 3. Determine the total amount of ₹5000 at the rate of 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\) % simple interest per annum in 5 years.

Solution: Here, p = ₹5000, r = 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{15}{2}\)  and t = 5

∴ \(I=\frac{p r t}{100}=₹ \frac{5000 \times \frac{15}{2} \times 5}{100}= ₹ 1875\)

Hence the required amount = ₹ (5000 + 1875) = ₹ 6875.

Example 4. At what rate of simple interest in percent per annum, the ratio of principal and its interest after 20 years is 1: 1?

Solution: Let the rate of simple interest per annum = r %

Also, if the principal be ₹ p, then by the question, the simple interest = ₹ p.

Also, time, t = 20 years

∴ \(\begin{aligned}
& ₹ \frac{p}{8}=₹ \frac{p \times r \times 2}{100} \\
& r=\frac{100}{2 \times 8}=\frac{25}{4}=6 \frac{1}{4}
\end{aligned}\)

Hence the required rate of simple interest per annum = 5%,

Example 5. If the interest of a principal in 2 years be \(\frac{1}{8}\) of it, then find the rate of simple interest per annum.

Solution:

Given

If the interest of a principal in 2 years be \(\frac{1}{8}\) of it

Let the principal = ₹ p and rate of interest = r %

As per question, interest = ₹ p x \(\frac{1}{8}\) = ₹ \(\frac{p}{8}\)

Time, t = 2 years.

∴ \(\begin{aligned}
& ₹ \frac{p}{8}=₹ \frac{p \times r \times 2}{100} \\
& r=\frac{100}{2 \times 8}=\frac{25}{4}=6 \frac{1}{4}
\end{aligned}\)

Hence the required rate of simple interest per annum = 6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) %

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Simple Interest Examples Write True Or False

Example 1. The interest given or received for a certain period of time on a certain amount of principal is called “Total interest”.

Solution: True

Example 2. In return to the right of using the creditor’s money for a short time, according to the condition, the debtor gives him some extra money. This money is known as Rate of interest.

Solution: False

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Simple Interest Examples Fill In The Blanks

Example 1. The person who gives a debt is generally known as a ______

Solution: Creditor

Example 2. The sum of the principal and total amount is called the ______

Solution: Amount

Example 3. The amount of ₹ 2p in t years at the rate of simple interest of \(\frac{r}{2}\) % per annum is ₹ (2p + ______ )

Solution: \(\frac{prt}{100}\)

Example 4. The ratio of the principal and the amount (principal along with interest) in 1 year is 8: 9, the rate of simple interest per annum is _____

Solution: 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) %, since let principal = ₹ 8x and amount = ₹ 9x.

∴ Interest = ₹ (9x – 8x) = ₹ x..

∴ Simple interest per annum = \(\frac{x}{8x}\) X 100% = \(\frac{25}{2}\) % = 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) %.

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Simple Interest Examples Short Answer Type Questions

Step-by-Step Simple Interest Solutions

Example 1. The yearly income of Chandan babu becomes? 60 less when the yearly rate of simple interest becomes 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) % decreasing from 4%. Then find the principal of Chandan babu.

Solution:

Given:

The yearly income of Chandan babu becomes? 60 less when the yearly rate of simple interest becomes 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) % decreasing from 4%.

Let the principal of Chandan babu be ₹ x

Then the interest of 1 year at the rate of 4% = ₹ \(\frac{x \times 4 \times 1}{100}\) = ₹ \(\frac{x}{25}\)

Also, at the rate of 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) % = \(\frac{15}{4}\) %,

the interest of 1 year = ₹ \(\frac{x \times 15 \times 1}{4 \times 100}\) = ₹ \(\frac{3 x}{80}\)

As per question, = \(\frac{x}{25}\) – \(\frac{3x}{80}\) = 60

⇒ \(\frac{16 x-15 x}{400}\) = 60

⇒ \(\frac{x}{400}\) =60

⇒ x = 400 x 60 = 24000

∴ The principal of Chandan babu = ₹ 24000.

Example 2. Find the interest of ₹ 300 from 3rd March to 15 May 2016 at the rate of annual simple interest of 6%.

Solution: Time = 28 days in March + 30 days in April +15 days in May.

=73 days = \(\frac{73}{365}\) year = \(\frac{1}{5}\) year.

∴ Total interest = \(₹ \frac{300 \times 6 \times 1}{100 \times 5}=₹ \frac{18}{5}= ₹ 3.60\)

∴ The required interest = ₹ 3.60.

Example 3. If the interest ot a principal in 10 years be \(\frac{2}{5}\) th part of itself, then find the yearly percentage of rate of simple interest.

Solution:

Given

If the interest ot a principal in 10 years be \(\frac{2}{5}\) th part of itself

Let the principal be ₹ x and the yearly rate of simple interest be r %

∴ The interest of 10 years = \( ₹ \frac{x \times r \times 10}{100}=₹ \frac{x r}{10}\)

∴ Amount = ₹ (x + \(\frac{xr}{10}\))

⇒ \(\frac{2x}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) X \(\frac{xr}{10}\) = \(\frac{xr}{10}\)

⇒ \(\frac{2x}{5}\) = \(\frac{xr}{10}\) – \(\frac{xr}{25}\)

⇒ \(\frac{2x}{5}\)  = \(\frac{5xr-2xr}{50}\)

⇒ \(\frac{2x}{5}\) = \(\frac{3xr}{50}\)

⇒ r = \(\frac{2 x \times 50}{5 \times 3 x}=\frac{20}{3}=6 \frac{2}{3}\)

Annual rate of interest =6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) %

Example 4. Find the principal of which the monthly interest is ₹ 1 at the rate of 10% annual simple interest.

Solution: Let the principal be ₹ x.

Now, 1 month = \(\frac{1}{12}\) year.

∴ Simple interest = \(₹ \frac{x \times 10 \times 1}{100 \times 12}=₹ \frac{x}{120} \)

As per question, \(\frac{x}{120}\) = 1

⇒ x = 120

∴ The required principal = ₹ 120.

Example 5. At the two different rates of annual simple interest a certain quantity of Principal becomes double in 5 years and triple in 12 years. In what case the investment is profitable?

Solution:

Given:

At the two different rates of annual simple interest a certain quantity of Principal becomes double in 5 years and triple in 12 years.

Let the principal be ₹ x

The rate of annual simple interest for the first case be a% and that for the second case be b%.

As per the question, the interest for 1st case = ₹ (2x – x) = ₹ x .

and for the 2nd case = ₹ (3x – x) = ₹ 2x.

\(\frac{x \times a \times 5}{100}=x(\text { for the } 1 \text { st case }) \Rightarrow a=\frac{100 \times x}{x \times 5} \Rightarrow a=20\)

∴ For the 1st case, the rate of annual simple interest = 20%

Again, \(\frac{x \times b \times 12}{100}\) = 2x (for the 2nd case)

or, b = \(\frac{2 x \times 100}{x \times 12}\)

⇒ b = \(\frac{50}{3}\) = 16 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

For the 2nd case, the rate of annual simple interest =16 \(\frac{2}{3}\) %

Now, since the rate of annual simple, interest for the 1st case is better than that for the 2nd case.

∴ The investment is more profitable in the 1st case.

Example 6. ₹ 10 is given as a loan to someone in such a condition that he. will pay back the loan in 11 installments at the rate of ₹ 1 per installment. Find the rate of simple interest per annum.

Solution:

Given:

₹ 10 is given as a loan to someone in such a condition that he. will pay back the loan in 11 installments at the rate of ₹ 1 per installment.

Let the rate of annual simple interest be r %.
Here, ₹ 10 + simple interest of  ₹10 for 11 months.

= ₹10 + simple interest of ₹1 for (1 + 2 + 3 + . +10) months

= ₹ 10 + simple interest of ₹1 for 55 months

= Simple interest of ₹ 1 for 55 months.

= ₹1.

∴ \(\frac{1 \times 55 \times r}{100 \times 12}=1 \Rightarrow r=\frac{240}{11}=21 \frac{9}{11}\)

∴ The rate of simple interest = 21 % per annum.

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Simple Interest Examples Long Answer Type Questions

Practical Applications of Simple Interest

Example 1. Ashim took a loan of some money from a bank for opening a dairy farm at the rate of simple interest of 12% per annum. Every month he has to repay? 450 as. interest. Determine the loan amount taken by him.

Solution:

Given:

Ashim took a loan of some money from a bank for opening a dairy farm at the rate of simple interest of 12% per annum. Every month he has to repay? 450 as. interest.

Let the loan be ₹ x.

1 month = \(\frac{1}{2}\) year.

∴ Simple interest of ₹ x = ₹ \(\frac{x \times 12 \times 1}{100 \times 12}\) = ₹ \(\frac{x}{100}\)

As per question, \(\frac{x}{100}\)= 450

⇒ x = 450 x 100 = 45000

∴ The required loan = ₹ 45000.

Example 2. If the interest of  ₹ 219 in 1 day be 5 paise, then find the rate of simple interest in percent per annum.

Solution: Here, principal (P) = ₹ 219

Rate of interest = x % (let)

Period (t) = 1 day =\(\frac{1}{365}\) year

Simple interest = 5 paise = ₹ \(\frac{5}{100}\) = ₹ \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Example 3. Kamala deposited ₹ 20000 of her savings in two separate banks at the same time. The rate of simple interest per annum is of 6% in one bank and that of 7% in another bank after 2 years, if she gets ₹ 2560 in total as interest, then find the money she had deposited separately in each of two banks.

Solution:

Given:

Kamala deposited ₹ 20000 of her savings in two separate banks at the same time. The rate of simple interest per annum is of 6% in one bank and that of 7% in another bank after 2 years, if she gets ₹ 2560 in total as interest,

Let Kamala deposited ₹ x in the first bank.

∴ She had deposited ₹ (20000 – x) in the second bank.

Now, at the rate of 6% per annum, the simple interest of ₹ x in 2 years = ₹ \(\frac{x \times 6 \times 2}{100}\) =₹ \(\frac{12 x}{100}\)

Again, at the rate of 7% per annum, the simple interest of ₹ (20000 – x) in 20 years

= \(₹ \frac{(20000-x) \times 7 \times 2}{100}=₹ \frac{280000-14 x}{100}\)

As per question, \(\frac{12 x}{100}+\frac{280000-14 x}{100}=2560\)

or, \(\frac{12 x+280000-14 x}{100}=2560\)

or, 28000 – 2x = 256000

or, 2x = 2800000-256000

or, 2x = 24000

or, x = \(\frac{24000}{2}\) = 12000

∴ She deposited ₹ 12000 in the first bank.

∴ In the second bank she had deposited ₹ (20000 – 12000) = ₹ 8000.

∴ Kamala had deposited ₹ 12000 and ₹ 8000 respectively in the two banks.

Example 4. If a person get ₹ 1200 return as amount (principal along with interest) by depositing ₹ 800 in the bank at the rate of simple interest of 10% per annum, then calculate the time for which the money was deposited in the bank.

Solution:

Given:

If a person get ₹ 1200 return as amount (principal along with interest) by depositing ₹ 800 in the bank at the rate of simple interest of 10% per annum

Here, principal = ₹ 800; Amount = ₹ 1200.

∴ Interest = ₹ (1200 – 800) = ₹ 400

Let the required time = t years.

∴ \(\frac{800 \times 10 \times t}{100}\) = 400

⇒ t = \(\frac{400}{80}\) = 5

∴ The required time = 5 years.

Example 5. Sachindrababu takes a loan amount of ₹ 2,40,000 from a bank for constructing a building at the rate of simple interest of 12% per annum. After 1 year of taking the loan, he rents the house at the rate of ₹ 5200 per month, Then, determines the number of years he would take to repay his loan along with interest from the income of the house rent.

Solution:

Given:

Sachindrababu takes a loan amount of ₹ 2,40,000 from a bank for constructing a building at the rate of simple interest of 12% per annum. After 1 year of taking the loan, he rents the house at the rate of ₹ 5200 per month

Let Sachindrababu repay his loan along with interest after x years of the construction of the building.

Now, the house rent per month = ₹ 5200.

∴ Houserent of 1 year =₹ 5200 x 12 x

∴ Houserent of x years = ₹ 5200 x 12 x x.

Since, the house was rented after 1 year,

∴ The loan was repaid after (x + 1) years.

Now, the simple interest of ₹ 240000 in (x + 1) years

= ₹ \(\frac{240000 \times 12 \times(x+1)}{100}\)

= ₹ 2400 x 12 (x +1)

∴ Amount = ₹ {240000 + 2400 x 2 (x + 1)}

= ₹ 2400 [100 + 12x +12]

= ₹ 2400 (112 + 12x)

∴2400 (112 + 12x) = 5200 x 12x

⇒112 + 12x = \(\frac{5200 \times 12 x}{2400}\)

⇒ 14x = 112

⇒ x = \(\frac{112}{14}\) = 8

∴ The required time = (8 + 1) years = 9 years.

Word Problems on Simple Interest with Solutions

Example 6. Chandan got ₹ 100000 when he retired from his service. He deposited some of that money in the bank and rest of his money in the post office and got ^ 5400 in total per year as interest. If the rates of simple interest per annum in the bank and in the post office are 5% and 6% respectively, then find the money he had deposited in the bank and post office.

Solution:

Given:

Chandan got ₹ 100000 when he retired from his service. He deposited some of that money in the bank and rest of his money in the post office and got ^ 5400 in total per year as interest. If the rates of simple interest per annum in the bank and in the post office are 5% and 6% respectively

Let Chandan deposited ₹ x in the bank.

∴ He deposited ₹ (100000 -x)

Now, the simple interest of ₹ x in 1 year = \( ₹ \frac{x \times 5 \times 1}{100}=₹ \frac{5 x}{100}\)

Again, the simple interest of ₹ (100000 – x) in 1 year at the rate of 6% per annum

= \( ₹ \frac{(100000-x) \times 6 \times 1}{100}=₹ \frac{600000-6 x}{100}\)

As per question,

\(\begin{aligned}
& \frac{600000-6 x}{100}+\frac{5 x}{100}=5400 \\
& \frac{600000-6 x+5 x}{100}=5400
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ 600000 – X = 540000 ⇒ x = 600000 – 540000 = 60000.

∴ Chandan deposited ₹ 60000 in the bank.

∴ He deposited ₹ (100000 – 60000) = ₹ 40000 in the Post Office.

∴Chandan deposited ₹ 60000 in the bank and ₹ 40000 in the post-office.

Example 7. A bank gives 5% simple interest per annum. In that bank, Bhubanbabu deposits ₹ 15,000 at the beginning of the year, but withdraws ₹ 3000 after 3 months, and then again, after 3 months he deposits ₹ 8000. Determine the amount (principal along with interest) Bhubanbabu will get at the end of the year.

Solution:

Given:

A bank gives 5% simple interest per annum. In that bank, Bhubanbabu deposits ₹ 15,000 at the beginning of the year, but withdraws ₹ 3000 after 3 months, and then again, after 3 months he deposits ₹ 8000

3 months = \(\frac{3}{12}\) year = \(\frac{1}{4}\) year

Now, simple interest of 7 15000 in 3 months at the rate of 5% per annum

= \(₹ \frac{15000 \times 1 \times 5}{10.0 \times 4}\)

=₹ \(\frac{375}{2}\)

= ₹ 187.50

Withdrawing ₹ 3000, the principal becomes = ₹ (15000 – 3000) = ₹ 12000.

∴ Then the simple interest of ₹ 12000 in 3 months at the rate of 5% per annum

= \( ₹ \frac{12000 \times 5 \times 1}{100 \times 4}=₹ 150\)

The rest time = 1 year – ( 3 months + 3 months)

= 12 months – 6 months = 6 months

= \(\frac{6}{12}\) year = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

∴ The principal of the last months = ₹ (120000 + 8000) = ₹ 20000

∴ The simple interest of ₹  20000 in 6 months at the rate of 5% per annum.

= \(₹ \frac{12000 \times 5 \times 1}{100 \times 4}= ₹ 150\)

∴ The total interest = ₹ (500 + 150 + 187.50) = ₹ 837.50.

∴  Total amount = ₹(20000 + 837.50) = ₹ 20837.50.

∴ Bhubanbabu will get an amount ₹ 20837.50.

Simple Interest Formula Breakdown

Example 8. Ratanbabu deposits the money for each of his two sons in such a way that when the ages of each of his sons will be 18 years each one will get ₹ 120000. The rate of simple interest per annum in the bank is 10% and the present ages of his sons are 13 years and 8 years respectively. Determine the money, he had deposited separately in the bank for each of his sons.

Solution:

Given:

Ratanbabu deposits the money for each of his two sons in such a way that when the ages of each of his sons will be 18 years each one will get ₹ 120000. The rate of simple interest per annum in the bank is 10% and the present ages of his sons are 13 years and 8 years respectively.

Let Ratanbabu deposit ₹ x for his 13 yrs aged son and ₹ y for his 8 years aged son in the bank.

∴ Simple interest of ₹ x in (18 – 13) years = 5 years at the rate of 10% per annum

=₹ \(=\frac{x \times 10 \times 5}{100}=₹ \frac{x}{2}\)

Again, simple interest of ₹ y in (18 – 8) years = 10 years at the rate of 10% per annum

= \(₹ \frac{y \times 10 \times 10}{100}=₹ y\)

∴ The son of aged 13  will get at end of 18 years = \(=\left(x+\frac{x}{2}\right)=₹ \frac{3 x}{2}\)

Again, the sons of aged 8 will get at the end of 1.8 years = ₹ (y + y) = ₹ 2y.

As per question, \(\frac{3x}{2}\) = 120000

⇒  x = \(\frac{120000 \times 2}{3}\) = 80000

Again, 2y = 120000

⇒ y= \(\frac{120000}{2}\) = 60000

∴ Ratanbabu deposited ₹ 80000 and ₹ 60000 for the sons respectively in the bank.

Example 9. At the same rate of simple interest in percent per annum, if a principal becomes the amount of ₹7100 in 7 years and of ₹6200 in 4 years. Determine the principal and rate of simple interest in percent per annum.

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Simple Interest Long Answer Type Question Example 9
∴ The interest of 4 years = ₹ \(\frac{900 \times 4}{3}\) = ₹ 1200

∴ Principal = ₹ (6200 – 1200) = ₹ 5000.

Let the rate of simple interest in percent per annum be r %.

∴ \(\frac{5000 \times r \times 4}{100}=1200\)

⇒ r =\(\frac{1200 \times 100}{5000 \times 4}=6\)

Principal = ₹ 5000 and rate of interest in percent per annum = 6%

Example 10. Soma auntie deposits ₹ 6,20,000 in such a way in three banks at the rate of simple interest of 5% per annum for 2 years, 3 years, and 5 years respectively so that the total interests in the 3 banks are equal. Calculate the money deposited by Soma’s auntie in each of the three banks.

Solution:

Given:

Soma auntie deposits ₹ 6,20,000 in such a way in three banks at the rate of simple interest of 5% per annum for 2 years, 3 years, and 5 years respectively so that the total interests in the 3 banks are equal.

Let Soma auntie deposit ₹ x, ₹ y, and ₹ z respectively in the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd banks.

As per the question, x + y + z = 620000 …….. (1)

The simple interest of ₹ x in 2 years at the rate of 5% per annum

= \(₹ \frac{x \times 5 \times 2}{100}=₹ \frac{x}{10}\)

At the same rate, simple interest of ₹ y in 3 years

= \(₹ \frac{y \times 5 \times 3}{100}=₹ \frac{3y}{20}\)

Also, at the same rate, simple interest of ₹ z in 5 years

= \(₹ \frac{z \times 5 \times 5}{100}=₹ \frac{z}{4}\)

As per question, \(\frac{x}{10}\) = \(\frac{3y}{20}\) =k (let)

⇒ 2x = 3y = 5z = k [Multiplying by 20]

⇒ x= \(\frac{k}{2}\),y = \(\frac{k}{3}\) and z = \(\frac{k}{5}\)

Now, putting these values of x, y, and z in (1) we get,

\(\frac{k}{2}\) + \(\frac{k}{3}\) + \(\frac{k}{5}\)= 620000

or, \(\frac{15 k+10 k+6 k}{30}\) = 620000

or, 31 k = 620000 x  30

or, k = \(\frac{620000 \times 30}{31}\)

or, k = 20000 x 30 = 600000

∴ x = \(\frac{600000}{2}\) = 300000

y = \(\frac{600000}{3}\) = 200000

z = \(\frac{600000}{5}\) = 120000

∴ Soma aunties deposited ₹ 300000, ₹ 200000, and ₹ 120000 respectively in three banks.

Example 11. Amitava deposits ₹ 1000 on the first day of every month in a monthly savings scheme. In the bank, if the rate of simple interest is 5% per annum, then determine the amount, Amitava will get at the end of 6 months.

Solution:

Given:

Amitava deposits ₹ 1000 on the first day of every month in a monthly savings scheme. In the bank, if the rate of simple interest is 5% per annum

As per the question, the money of Amitava that was deposited in 1st, 2nd, 3rd, ……. 6th month have to earn interest for 6 months, 5 months, 4 months, 3 months, ………, 1 month respectively.

∴ The total interest in 6 month

\(=₹\left(\frac{1000 \times 5 \times 6}{100 \times 12}+\frac{1000 \times 5 \times 5}{100 \times 12}+\frac{1000 \times 5 \times 4}{100 \times 12}+\ldots \ldots+\frac{1000 \times 5 \times 1}{100 \times 12}\right)\)

= \( ₹ \frac{1000 \times 5}{100 \times 12}(6+5+4+3+2+1)\)

= \( ₹ \frac{1000 \times 5}{100 \times 12} \times 21=₹ \frac{175}{2}=₹ 87 \cdot 50\)

∴Amitava will get an amount at ₹(6 x 1000 + 87.5)

= ₹ 6087.5 after 6 months

∴ Required amount = ₹ 6087.5

Example 12. Ashisbabu deposited ₹ 50000 for his son of age 10 years, in a monetary fund. The fund investing that money at the rate of 4% simple interest per annum, gave the son a quantity of ₹ 1200 at the end of every year. The annual expenses of the fund is ₹ 300. After fulfilling 18 years, what amount the boy will get from the fund?

Solution:

Given:

Ashisbabu deposited ₹ 50000 for his son of age 10 years, in a monetary fund. The fund investing that money at the rate of 4% simple interest per annum, gave the son a quantity of ₹ 1200 at the end of every year. The annual expenses of the fund is ₹ 300.

At the rate of 4% per annum, the interest of ₹ 50000 in 1 year

= \(₹ \frac{50000 \times 4 \times 1}{100}=₹ 2000\)

The annual expenses of the fund =₹ (1200 + 300) = ₹ 1500

∴ Rest of the money = ₹ (2000 – 1500) = ₹ 500 .

∴ After completion of 18 years, the total quantity of simple interest = ₹ (18 – 10) x 500 = ₹ 4000.

The total amount the boy will get from the fund at the end of 18 years = ₹ (50000 + 4000) = ₹ 54000.

∴ The required amount = ₹ 54000.

Example 13. In a bank if ₹ 4750 is deposited in simple interest, it becomes an amount of ₹ 6650 after a period of time of 4 years. According to the same rate of interest, in how many days ₹ 85000 will amount ₹ 106250?

Solution:

Given:

In a bank if ₹ 4750 is deposited in simple interest, it becomes an amount of ₹ 6650 after a period of time of 4 years.

Let the rate of simple interest be r % per annum.

In the first case, the amount = ₹ 6650, and the principal =₹ 4750.

∴ Interest = ₹ (6650 – 4750) = ₹ 1900.

Accordingly, we get, \(\frac{4750 \times r \times 4}{100}=1900\)

\( r=\frac{1900 \times 100}{4750 \times 4}=10 \)

∴ The rate of interest in percent per annum = 10%.

Also, let ₹ 85000 amounts ₹ 106250 in t years,

i.e., principal = ₹ 85000; Amount = ₹ 106250

∴ Interest = ₹ (106250 – 85000) = ₹ 21250.

∴ Rate of interest per annum = 10% and period of time = t years.

∴ \(\frac{85000 \times 10 \times t}{100}=21250\)

t=\(\frac{21250 \times 100}{85000 \times 10}=\frac{5}{2}=2 \frac{1}{2}\)

∴ ₹ 85000 amounts ₹ 106250 in 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) years.

Example 14.  A certain money amounts ₹ 9440 on simple interest in 3 years. If the rate of simple interest be 25% increased per annum, then the money will become ₹ 9800 after same period of time. Find the principal and the rate of interest in percent per annum.

Solution:

Given:

A certain money amounts ₹ 9440 on simple interest in 3 years. If the rate of simple interest be 25% increased per annum, then the money will become ₹ 9800 after same period of time.

The difference between two given amounts = ₹ (9800 – 9440) =₹ 360.

Since the principal and period of time are the same, we can say that due to 25% increase of interest, the increase in amount is ₹ 360.

∴ 25% of interest =₹ 360. .

1% of interest = ₹ \(\frac{100}{25}\)

100% of interest = ₹ \(\frac{360 \times 100}{25}\)

∴ Simple interest in 3 years = ₹ 1440.

So, the principal = ₹ (9440- 1440) = ₹8000.

Now, let the rate of interest be r% in percent per annum

∴ \(\frac{8000 \times r \times 3}{100}=1440 \)

r= \(\frac{1440 \times 100}{8000 \times 3}=6\)

∴ The required principal = ₹ 8000 and rate of interest in percent per annum = 6%.

Example 15. If a debt of ₹ 4600 at a rate of simple interest 10% per annum, is to be repaid in 4 years, then what will be the installment per annum?

Solution:

Given:

If a debt of ₹ 4600 at a rate of simple interest 10% per annum, is to be repaid in 4 years,

Let the installment per annum be ₹ x.

As per question,

\(\left(x+\frac{x \times 10 \times 3}{100}\right)+\left(x+\frac{x \times 10 \times 2}{100}\right)+\left(x+\frac{x \times 10 \times 1}{100}\right)+x=4600\)

⇒ \(\left(x+\frac{3 x}{10}\right)+\left(x+\frac{2 x}{10}\right)+\left(x+\frac{x}{10}\right)+x=4600\)

⇒ \(\frac{13 x}{10}+\frac{12 x}{10}+\frac{11 x}{10}+x=4600\)

⇒ \(\frac{13 x+12 x+11 x+10 x}{10}=4600\)

⇒ \(\frac{46 x}{10}=4600 \Rightarrow x=\frac{4600 \times 10}{46}\)

⇒ x = 1000

∴ The installment per annum = ₹ 1000.

Real-Life Examples of Simple Interest

EXample 16. In a certain bank, the rate of simple interest in percent per annum during first 2 years is 3%, 6% during the next 3 years, and 9% during the rest of the years. If a person deposits some money to that bank, he gets an interest of ₹2760 after 10 years. Find the principal of the person.

Solution:

Given:

In a certain bank, the rate of simple interest in percent per annum during first 2 years is 3%, 6% during the next 3 years, and 9% during the rest of the years. If a person deposits some money to that bank, he gets an interest of ₹2760 after 10 years.

Let the person deposited ₹ x in the bank.

During first 2 years, he gets simple interest = \(₹ \frac{x \times 3 \times 2}{100}\)

= \(₹ \frac{3 x}{50}\)

During the next 3 years, he gets simple interest = \(₹ \frac{x \times 6 \times 3}{100}=₹ \frac{9 x}{50}\)

During the last (10-2-3) years = 5 years he gets simple interest = \(₹ \frac{x \times 9 \times 5}{100}\)

=\(₹ \frac{9 x}{20}\)

As per question,

\(\frac{3 x}{50}+\frac{9 x}{50}+\frac{9 x}{20}\)=2760

\(\frac{6 x+18 x+45 x}{100}=2760\)

∴ The required principal = ₹ 4000.

Example 17. The simple interest of a principal in 1 year and 9 months at the rate of simple interest of 5% per annum is ₹ 63 more than that of the same principal in 2 years and 4 months at the rate of simple interest of 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) % per annum. Find the principal.

Solution:

Given:

The simple interest of a principal in 1 year and 9 months at the rate of simple interest of 5% per annum is ₹ 63 more than that of the same principal in 2 years and 4 months at the rate of simple interest of 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) % per annum.

1 year and 9 months = \(\left(1+\frac{9}{12}\right) \text { years }=\frac{7}{4} \text { years }\)

Similarly, 2 years and 4 months = \(\left(2+\frac{4}{12}\right) \text { years }=\frac{7}{3} \text { years }\)

Now, let the principal be ₹ x.

So, the simple interest of ₹ x in \(\frac{7}{4}\) years at the rate of 5% simple interest per annum

= ₹ \(\frac{x \times 5 \times 7}{100 \times 4}=₹ \frac{7 x}{80}\)

Again, the simple interest of ₹ x in \(\frac{7}{3}\) years at the rate of 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) % simple interest per annum

= \(₹ \frac{x \times 9 \times 7}{100 \times 2 \times 3}\)

= \(₹ \frac{21 x}{200}\)

As per the question,

= \(\frac{21 x}{200}-\frac{7 x}{80}=63 \Rightarrow \frac{42 x-35 x}{400}=63\)

or, \(\frac{7x}{400}\)

or, 7x = 63 x 400

or, x = \(\frac{63 \times 400}{7}\)

or, x = 3600

∴ The required principal = ₹ 3600.

Example 18. A gives some money to B at a rate of 5% and to C ₹ 800 more at a rate of 7% per annum. They repaid both loans after 5 years and so that C have to pay ₹ 1240 more than B. Find the quantities of money which both of them had debted.

Solution:

Given:

A gives some money to B at a rate of 5% and to C ₹ 800 more at a rate of 7% per annum. They repaid both loans after 5 years and so that C have to pay ₹ 1240 more than B

Let A have given a loan of ₹ x to B and ₹ (x + 800) to C.

∴ The simple interest of ₹ x in 5 years at the rate of 5% per annum = \(₹ \frac{x \times 5 \times 5}{100}=₹ \frac{x}{4}\)

∴ B have to pay \(₹\left(x+\frac{x}{4}\right)=₹ \frac{5 x}{4}\) after 5 years.

Again, the simple interest of ₹ (x + 800) in 5 years at the rate of 7% per annum

= \( ₹ \frac{(x+800) \times 7 \times 5}{100}\)

= \( ₹ \frac{35(x+800)}{100}=₹ \frac{35 x+28000}{100}\)

∴ C have to pay \(₹\left\{x+800+\frac{35(x+800)}{100}\right\}\)

= \( ₹ \frac{100 x+80000+35 x+28000}{100} \)

= \( ₹ \frac{135 x+108000}{100} \text { after } 5 \text { years }\)

As per question, \(\frac{135 x+108000}{100}-\frac{5 x}{4}=1240\)

⇒ \( \frac{135 x+108000-125 x}{100}=1240\)

⇒ 10 x+108000=124000

⇒ 10 x = 124000-108000

⇒ 10x = 16000

⇒ x = 1600.

∴ B had debted Rs. 1600 and C had debted x (1600 + 800) = ₹ 2400.

Example 19. A person took a loan of X 40000 at the rate of 10% simple interest per annum to construct a house. After 2 years he gave return ₹20000 to the bank. After more 2 years what amount should he return to the bank so as to repay his loan completely?

Solution:

Given:

A person took a loan of X 40000 at the rate of 10% simple interest per annum to construct a house. After 2 years he gave return ₹20000 to the bank.

At the rate of 10% per annum,

The simple interest of ₹ 40000 in 2 yeras = ₹ \(\frac{40000 \times 10 \times 2}{100}=₹ 8000\)

When the person gave ₹ 20000 to the bank, it will cut ₹ 8000 from ₹ 20000 as interest, and the rest of the money,

i.e. ₹(20000 – 8000) =₹ 12000 will be subtracted from the principal ₹ 40000.

Thus, for the next 2 years, the person will have to pay interest on the principal ₹(40000 – 12000) = ₹ 28000.

Now, the simple interest of ₹ 28000 in 2 years at the rate of 10% per annum = \(₹ \frac{28000 \times 10 \times 2}{100}\) = ₹ 5600.

∴ The total amount = ₹ (28000 + 5600) =₹ 33600.

Hence, the person have to pay ₹ 33600 to the bank after more 2 years so as to repay his loan completely.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical Science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic A Boyle’s Law And Charle’s Law Synopsis

WBBSE Class 10 Behaviour of Gases Overview

1. Pressure of a gas is defined as the normal force exerted by the gas molecules on the unit area of the wall of the container (in which the gas is kept).

2. Units of pressure in the CGS system and SI are Dyn/cm2 and N/m2, respectively. N/m2 is also called Pa (pascal). 1 Pa = 10 Dyn/cm2

3. Dimensional formula of pressure is ML1T-2.

4. The volume of a gaseous substance means the volume of the container in which it is kept.

5. Unit of volume in SI is m3 and in the CGS system is cm3. One practical unit of volume is liter (L).
1 m3 = 1000 L , 1L = 1000 cm3,
1 m3 = 106cm3

6. Dimensional formula of volume is L3.

Read and Learn Also WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Physical Science and Environment

7. Manometer is used to measure the pressure of a gas or air. This is also called a pressure gauge.

8. The pressure exerted by a 76 cm long column of mercury at 0°C at sea level at the latitude of 45° is called the standard atmospheric pressure or normal atmospheric pressure (atm).

1 atm=1.013 x 106 Dyn/cm2   Two other units of pressure is the bar and torr.
1 bar =106 Dyn/cm2 and 1 torr= pressure exerted by 1 mm long mercury column = 1332.8 Dyn/cm2

9. Boyle’s law: At constant temperature, the volume of a fixed mass of a gas is inversely proportional to the pressure of the gas. If a certain mass of a gas occupies a volume V at a pressure p at a constant temperature, then according to Boyle’s law, \(V \propto \frac{1}{p}\) or, pV=K, where K is a constant.

WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 History WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Geography and Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Long Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Life Science And Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Short Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Maths
WBBSE Class 10 History Very Short Answer Questions WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Physical Science and Environment
WBBSE Class 10 History Multiple Choice Questions

 

∴ At a constant temperature, if  V1, V2, V3……are volumes of a fixed mass of gas at pressure p1,p2, p3 ….., respectively, then according to this law, p1V1=p2V2=p3V3=…. = constant.

10. Graphical representation of Boyle’s law:
(1)p-V graph:
Plotting volume of a fixed mass of gas at a constant temperature, along) the horizontal axis and the corresponding pressure along the vertical axis, the obtained graph is a rectangular hyperbola.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Graphical Representation Of Boyle's Law

(2)pV-p graph: Plotting p along the horizontal axis and corresponding pV along the vertical axis, the obtained graph is a straight line parallel to the p axis.

11. Charles’ law: At constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of a gas increases or decreases by  \(\frac{1}{273}\) the part of its volume at 0°C for every 1°C rise or fall in temperature.

Let, at constant pressure volume of a fixed mass of gas at 0°C is V0.

According to Charles’ law, an increase in volume for 1°C rise in temperature= \( \frac{V_0}{273}\).

∴increase in volume for t°C rise in temperature=\(\frac{V_0 t}{273}\).

volume of the gas at t°C is Vt= \(V_0+\frac{V_0 t}{273}\) = \(V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Similarly the volume of the gas at -t°C is  V-t = \(V_0\left(1-\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical Science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases

12. At constant pressure, the volume of a certain mass of gas becomes zero at -273°C. This temperature is called absolute zero. If measured accurately, the value of absolute zero temperature is -273.150C. This does not happen in reality because gas is converted into liquid much before it reaches this temperature and Charles’ law is not applicable to liquid.

13. Physicist Lord Kelvin introduced a new scale of measurement of temperature, whose zero point is taken as -273°C and the value of each degree is taken to be equal to one degree of Celsius scale. This scale is called the absolute scale or Kelvin scale of temperature.
If the temperature of a body is t°C on the Celsius scale and T K in the Kelvin scale, then T = t + 273.

14. Alternative form of Charles’ law: At constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature.

15. Charles’ law using absolute temperature: If a certain mass of a gas occupies a volume V at absolute temperature T at constant pressure, then according to Charles’ law,

V ∝ T or, V=KT, K = constant.

∴ if at a constant pressureV1, V2, V3… be the volume of a fixed mass of gas at – temperature T1K, T2K, T3K… respectively,
then, \(\frac{V_1}{T_1}=\frac{V_2}{T_2}=\frac{V_3}{T_3}\)=….= constant

16. Graphical representation of Charles’ law: For a certain mass of a gas at constant pressure, plotting temperature t (in°C) along the horizontal axis and volume V along the vertical axis, the graph obtained is a straight line, The straight line touches the horizontal axis at -273°C.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Graphical Representation Of Charle's Lw
For a certain mass of a gas at constant pressure, plotting absolute temperature T (in K) along the horizontal axis and volume V along the vertical axis the graph obtained is a straight line passing through the origin.

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic A Boyle’s Law And Charle’s Law Short And Long Answer Type Questions

Understanding Gas Laws in Physics

Question 1. Explain the pressure of a gas on the pressure of the gas basis of molecular motion and the collision of gas molecules with the walls of the vessel.
Answer:

The pressure of a gas on the pressure of the gas basis of molecular motion and the collision of gas molecules with the walls of the vessel.

The force of attraction amongst the molecules of gaseous material is negligible. So the gas molecules are always moving randomly. The molecules always collide amongst themselves and also with the walls of the vessel and undergo a change of momentum.

The rate of change of momentum is force, i.e., the wall exerts force on the molecules. In reaction to the force exerted by the walls, gas molecules also exert force on the walls. This force per unit area acting perpendicularly on the wall of the vessel is the gas.

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Solutions

Question 2. Define the pressure of a gas. What are the units of pressure in the CGS system and SI? Establish a relationship between these two units.
Answer:

Pressure of a gas:

1. Pressure of a gas is the force per unit area exerted by the gas molecules on the walls of the vessel.

2. Units of pressure in CGS system and SI are Dyn/cm2 and N/m2, respectively.

3. The relation between the units is \(1 \mathrm{~N} / \mathrm{m}^2=\frac{10^5 \mathrm{dyn}}{10^4 \mathrm{~cm}^2}=10 \mathrm{dyn} / \mathrm{cm}^2\)

Question 3. What is the volume of the gas? What are the units of volume in CGS system and SI?
Answer:

The volume of the gas:

1. The volume of a gas is the volume of the container in which it is kept.
2. The units of volume in CGS system is cm3 or ml and in SI is m3.

Question 4. The height of the mercury column is h1 in the open-end arm of the manometer U -tube and it is h2 in the other arm of the U-tube. Compare the pressure of enclosed gas in the manometer with the atmospheric pressure: (1) when h1>h2, (2) when h1<h2, (3) when h1= h2.
Answer:

Given

The height of the mercury column is h1 in the open-end arm of the manometer U -tube and it is h2 in the other arm of the U-tube.

1. When h1>h2, it is understood that the pressure of the enclosed gas is more than the atmospheric pressure. If the pressure of the enclosed gas is p1 and the atmospheric pressure of that place is p0, then p1 = p0 + Pressure of a mercury column of height (h1 – h2)
∴p1± = p0 + (h1 – h2)dg where the density of mercury is d and acceleration due to gravity at that place is g.

2. If h1<h2, it is understood that the pressure of the enclosed gas is less than atmospheric pressure. If the pressure of the enclosed gas is p2, then p2= p0 – (h2 – h1)dg.

3. If h1 = h2, it is understood that the pressure of the enclosed gas inside the manometer is equal to the atmospheric pressure. In this case, if the pressure of the enclosed gas is p3, then p3= p0.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases U Shaped Manometer

Question 5. By taking some amount of air on the top of the mercury column in a defective barometer, determine the pressure of the atmosphere.
Answer:

Let us assume, the height of mercury in this defective barometer is H1 cm and the height of air column above the mercury column is x1 cm. If the area of cross-section inside the tube is A cm2, then the volume of air, V1 = x1 A cm3. If the atmospheric pressure is equal to the height of a mercury column of H cm, the pressure of this V1 volume of air.

p1 = pressure of (H — H1) cm of mercury column. Now the open end of the barometer immersed in mercury is raised a little upward. If the height of mercury in the tube is H2 and the height of air column above the mercury column is x2 cm then the volume of enclosed air, V2= x2A cm3. Hence, the pressure of air, p2= pressure of a mercury column of height (H – H2)cm

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Barometer

Since the mass of enclosed air and temperature remain constant, we get from Boyle’s law,

p1V1=p2V2

or, (H- H1).x1A = (H-H2). x2A

or, Hx1– H1x1 = Hx2– H2x2

or, H(x1-x2) =H1x1 – H2x2

∴\(H=\frac{H_1 x_1-H_2 x_2}{x_1-x_2}\)

Boyle’s Law Explained with Examples

Question 6. Write down Boyle’s law and explain it. Or, State the law which establishes the relation p1V1=p2V2. Or, Write down the law from which the relation between the volume and the pressure of an ideal gas is known.

Answer:

1. Boyle’s law: At constant temperature, the volume of a fixed mass of a gas is inversely proportional to the pressure of the gas.

Explanation: If V and p are the volumes and the pressure of the gas respectively, then according to Boyle’s law

\(V \propto \frac{1}{p}\) (at constant temperature)
or \(V=\frac{K_1}{p}\) or, pV =K1

where K1 is a constant whose value depends on the mass and the temperature of the gas. Therefore, with the temperature of a fixed mass of gas remaining constant, the product of the pressure and the volume of the gas is constant. Now, if the temperature of a fixed mass of a gas remains constant and V1, V2, and V3 are the volumes of the gas at pressures p1, p2, and p3 respectively, then according to Boyle’s law,

Charles’s Law and Its Applications

Question 7. Write down Charles’ law and explain it.
Answer:

Charles’ law: At constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of a gas increases or decreases by \(\frac{1}{273}\) of its volume at 0°C for every 1°C rise or fall in temperature

Explanation: Let the volume of a given mass of a gas at constant pressure be V0 at 0°C. By keeping the pressure constant, if the temperature of the gas is changed, then according to Charles’ law at 1°C the volume of the gas becomes

\(V_1=V_0+\frac{V_0}{273}=V_0\left(1+\frac{1}{273}\right)\)

At 2°C, the volume of the gas becomes

\(V_2=V_0+\frac{2 V_0}{273}=V_0\left(1+\frac{2}{173}\right)\)

In a similar way, at f°C the volume of the gas becomes

\(V_t=V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Similarly, keeping the pressure constant, if the temperature is decreased by t°C, the volume of the gas becomes

\(V_t^{\prime}=V_0\left(1-\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Question 8. Draw the graph of V-t of Charles’ law and give an idea of absolute zero temperature from it.
Answer:

At constant pressure, if a graph of a given mass of gas is drawn by taking a temperature (t) as abscissa and volume ( V) at that temperature as ordinate, then the curve obtained is a straight line.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Graph Of V-T Charle's Law
If the straight line is extended backward, it cuts! the temperature axis at -273°C. This means that at constant pressure, the volume of a gas ’ becomes zero at -273°C. This temperature is called the absolute zero temperature.

Question 9. Write Charles’ law according to the absolute scale of temperature.
Answer:

Charles’ law according to the absolute scale of temperature:

If the volume of any gas of a given mass is V0 at 0°C temperature, then according to Charles law, the volume of the gas at constant pressure and t1°C becomes

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Solutions

\(V_1=V_0\left(1+\frac{t_1}{273}\right)\) or, \(V_1=V_0 \cdot \frac{273+t_1}{273}\) or, \(V_1=\frac{T_1}{273} V_0\) ……..(1)

where T1 is the reading of t1°C temperature in absolute scale. Similarly, volume of the same gas at constant pressure and t2°C becomes

\(V_2=V_0\left(1+\frac{t_2}{273}\right)\) or, \(V_2=V_0\left(\frac{273+t_2}{273}\right)\) or, \(V_2=\frac{T_2}{273} \cdot V_0\) ………(2)

where T2 is the reading of t2°C temperature in absolute scale. Now, adding equations (1) and (2), we get

\(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{T_1}{T_2}\) or, \(\frac{V_1}{T_1}=\frac{V_2}{T_2}\) or, \(\frac{V}{T}\) = constant
∴ V∞T

So, at constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas. This is an alternative form of Charles’ law.

Question 10. Why is the term ‘fixed mass of a gas’ mentioned while stating Boyle’s law?
Answer:

‘fixed mass of a gas’:

The term ‘fixed mass of gas is always mentioned at the time of stating Boyle’s law because the pressure and volume of the gas depend on mass. If the mass is changed, pressure and volume also get changed.

Question 11. Establish a relation between m3 and L
Answer:

Relation between m3 and L

1L = 103 cm3
1m3 =106 cm3= 103• 103cm3= 103 L

Question 12. Draw the p-V curve according to Boyle’s law.
Answer:

p-V curve according to Boyle’s law:

At constant temperature, the volume (V) and the pressure (p) of a fixed mass of gas are plotted. Here, V/is plotted along the abscissa, and p is plotted along the ordinate. This is the p-V graph of Boyle’s law. The nature of the curve in the graph is a rectangular hyperbola.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases p-V Curve using Boyles' Law

Gay-Lussac’s Law in Everyday Life

Question 13. Draw the pV-p curve according to Boyle’s law.
Answer:

pV-p curve according to Boyle’s law:

we find a curve where the pressure p of a gas of fixed mass under constant temperature is plotted along the abscissa and the product (pV) of the pressure and the volume is plotted along the ordinate. This is the (pV-p) curve of Boyle’s law. Its nature is a straight line and it is parallel to the pressure axis.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases pV-p Curve Of Boyle's law

Question 14. In the case of a real gas, how does the total volume of the molecules of the gas influence Boyle’s law?
Answer:

In the case of real gases, we cannot neglect the volume of the gas molecules and hence, pressure can be increased only up to a definite level at a certain temperature. For this reason, Boyle’s law cannot be accurately applied at any temperature.

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Solutions

Question 15. When a balloon is inflated, both its pressure and volume increase. Is Boyle’s law violated here?
Answer:

When the balloon is inflated, the mass of air inside the balloon does not remain constant. When air is pumped into the balloon, the mass of air inside it increases. We know that there are two constants in Boyle’s law—mass of the gas and its temperature. As the mass of air does not remain constant, so Boyle’s law is not applicable here. Hence, there is no question of its violation.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases

Question 16. Why does the volume of an air bubble increase when it goes up from deep inside a water body?
Answer:

Pressure of water increases as one goes deeper inside a water body. So, when air bubble comes upward from the depth of a water body, the pressure of water on it decreases gradually. Now suppose the temperature of water is uniform everywhere. Thus, according to Boyle’s law, when an air bubble comes upward from the depth, its volume is inversely proportional to the pressure of water, i.e., volume increases as pressure decreases.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter2 Behaviour Of Gases

Question 17. What is absolute scale of temperature?
Answer:

Absolute scale of temperature:

Physicist Lord Kelvin introduced a new scale for measurement of temperature whose zero point is taken as -273°C and the value of each degree is taken to be equal to one degree of Celsius scale. In SI, a temperature of 0.01°C is considered as 273.16 K in this scale. This scale is called the absolute scale of temperature.

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Solutions

Question 18.Calculate the value of absolute zero temperature from Charles’ law.
Answer:

If the volume of a given mass of gas at 0°C be V0 , then according to Charles’ law, the volume of the gas at t°C and at constant pressure becomes

\(V_t=V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Hence at -273°C, the volume of the gas becomes

\(V_{-273}=V_0\left(1+\frac{-273}{273}\right)=0\)

Therefore, according to Charles’ law, the volume of a gas becomes zero at -273°C and at constant pressure. This temperature is called ‘absolute zero temperature’.

Question 19. Draw the V’T graph of Charles’ law. Write the concept of absolute zero temperature from the graph.
Answer:

If a curve is drawn by taking the absolute temperature T of this gas as abscissa and the volume of the gas V on the ordinate, then this curve is a straight line. If the straight line is extended backward, it touches the origin. So, according to Charles’ law, the volume of a given mass of gas becomes zero at 0 K temperature, which is not possible in reality.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases V- T Graph Of Charle's Law
Question 20. Does the volume of gas become zero in reality at an absolute zero temperature?
Answer:

According to Charles’ law, the volume of any gas becomes zero at -273°C. But this does not occur in reality because long before reaching that temperature, the gas is converted into liquid and Charles’ law is not applicable to liquid.

Question 21. Calculate the value of absolute zero temperature in Fahrenheit scale
Answer:

Absolute zero temperature in Celcius scale (C) is at -273°C. Let us assume that the reading of absolute zero temperature in Fahrenheit scale is F.

Now from the eqaution, \(\frac{C}{5}=\frac{F-32}{9}\) ,

we get \(\frac{-273}{5}=\frac{F-32}{9}\)

∴F=-459.4°F

Question 22. The manufacturing company of a tube gives information regarding the pressure at which air has to be pumped in the tube of a rubber wheel of a car. But in reality, air is pumped in at a lower pressure. Why?
Answer:

Due to friction of the wheel with the road, rubber gets heated enormously. According to Charles’ law, air inside the tube increases in volume due to this. But the tyre does not increase in volume to that extent. So, air is pumped in at lower pressure so that there is no unnecessary extra pressure on the tube.

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic A Boyle’s Law And Charle’s Law Very Short Answer Type Questions Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1. The volume of a definite mass of gas at 0°C is V0. What will be its volume if its temperature is raised to 100°C, keeping the pressure constant?

  1. 293/273 V0
  2. 283/273 V0
  3. 303/273 V0
  4. 373/273 V0

Answer: 4. 373/273 V0

Question 2. In Boyle’s law,

  1. Only mass of the gas remains constant
  2. Only temperature of the gas remains constant
  3. Mass and pressure of the gas remain constant
  4. Mass and temperature of the gas remain constant

Answer: 4. Mass and temperature of the gas remain constant

Question 3. The volume (V) of a definite mass of an ideal gas is plotted against its temperature (f°C) at a constant pressure. What is the temperature at which the curve intersects the temperature axis?

  1. 0°C
  2. -136.5°C
  3. -273°C
  4. 273°C

Answer: 3. -273°C

Question 4. In which scale of temperature, it is not possible for the value of temperature to be negative?

  1. Celsius scale
  2. Fahrenheit scale
  3. Absolute scale
  4. All of these

Answer: 3. Absolute scale

Question 5. The pressure and volume of a definite mass of gas are given by p and V, respectively. If pressure is increased by 25% while keeping the temperature constant, what is the new volume?

  1. 0.6V
  2. 0.751V
  3. 0.81V
  4. 0.851V

Answer: 3. 0.81V

Question 6. 1 Pa = how many Dyn/cm2?

  1. 1
  2. 10
  3. 100
  4. 1000

Answer: 2. 10

Question 7. The nature of the p-V curve according to Boyle’s law Is

  1. Straight line,
  2. Circle
  3. Parabola
  4. Rectangular hyperbola

Answer: 4. Rectangular hyperbola

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Solutions

Question 8. The nature of pV-p curve according to Boyle’s law is

  1. Straight line
  2. Circle
  3. Rectangular hyperbola
  4. None of the above

Answer: 1. Straight line

Question 9. The value of absolute zero in the Fahrenheit scale is

  1. -452.4°F
  2. -462.4°F
  3. -459.4°F
  4. -463.4°F

Answer: 3. -459.4°F

Question 10. If force F acts perpendicular to the plane of a closed vessel of surface area A, then the pressure of the gas is

  1. p = F-A
  2. \(p=\frac{A}{F}\)
  3. \(p=\frac{F}{A}\)
  4. \(p=\sqrt{\frac{F}{A}}\)

Answer: 3. \(p=\frac{F}{A}\)

Question 11. Unit of pressure in SI is

  1. N/m2
  2. Bar
  3. Torr
  4. Dyn/cm2

Answer: 1. N/m2

Question 12. 1m3 = how many cm3 ?

  1. 10
  2. 104
  3. 105
  4. 106

Answer: 4. 106

Question 13. 1m3 = how many L?

  1. 1
  2. 10
  3. 100
  4. 1000

Answer: 4. 1000

Question 14. The temperature of a fixed mass of gas is changed from 0°C to 30°C at constant pressure. What is the ratio of its initial and final volume?

  1. 91:101
  2. 91:100
  3. 91:111
  4. 91:121

Answer: 1. 91:101

Question 15. The temperature of a fixed mass changed from 0°C to 30°C by heating at constant pressure. How many times is the final volume of the initial volume?

  1. 1.2 times
  2. 1.5 times
  3. 2 times
  4. 3 times

Answer: 3. 2 times

Question 16. The volume of a definite mass of gas at room temperature and a pressure of 76 cm of mercury is 1 L. What is its volume at a pressure of 38 cm of mercury if the temperature remains constant?

  1. 1.5L
  2. 2L
  3. 3L
  4. 4L

Answer: 2. 2L

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Solutions

Question 17. At constant temperature, if the pressure on a definite mass of gas becomes 1/4 of its initial value then the volume increases by

  1. 2 times
  2. 3 times
  3. 4 times
  4. 5 times

Answer: 2. 3 times

Question 18. Two gases of equal mass are in thermal equilibrium. If pa,pb, and Va, Vbare their respective pressure and volumes, which of the following relation is true?

  1. \(p_a \neq p_b ; V_a=V_b\)
  2. \(p_a=p_b ; V_a=V_b\)
  3. \(\frac{p_a}{V_a}=\frac{p_b}{V_b}\)
  4. \(p_a V_a=p_b V_b\)

Answer: 4. \(p_a V_a=p_b V_b\)

Question 19. An idle gas at 27°C is heated at constant pressure so as to triple its volume. The temperature of the gas will be

  1. 600 K
  2. 900°C
  3. 627°C
  4. 900°F

Answer: 3. 627°C

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic A Boyle’s Law And Charle’s Law Answer In Brief

Question 1. Which instrument is used to measure the pressure of air enclosed in a container?
Answer: Manometer is used to measure the pressure of air enclosed in a container.

Question 2. Pa (pascal) is a unit of which physical quantity?
Answer: Pa is the unit of pressure.

Question 3. What is the relationship between Pa and \(\frac{\mathrm{N}}{\mathrm{m}^2}\) ?
Answer: \(1 \mathrm{~Pa}=1 \mathrm{~N} / \mathrm{m}^2\)

Question 4. While measuring pressure of a gas in a closed container by a manometer, level of mercury is lower in the open-end arm than the other arm. What does it signify?
Answer: It signifies that pressure inside the closed container is lesser than the atmospheric pressure.

Question 5. While measuring pressure of a gas in a closed container with a manometer, level of mercury is lower in the open-end arm than the other arm. What does it signify?
Answer: It signifies that pressure inside the closed container is lesser than the atmospheric pressure

Question 6. Pressure of a gas depends on which factors?
Answer: The pressure of a gas depends on its mass, volume, and temperature.

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Solutions

Question 7. At constant pressure, the volume of a certain quantity of a gas depends on which factor?
Answer: The volume of a certain quantity of a gas at constant pressure depends on the temperature of the gas

Question 8. Mention the constants in Boyle’s law.
Answer:

Constants in Boyle’s law are:

1. Mass of gas and
2. Temperature

Question 9. Mention constants in Charles’ law.
Answer:

Constants in Charles’ law are:

1. Mass of gas and
2. Pressure of gas.

Question 10. What is the relationship between the Celsius scale and the absolute scale of temperature?
Answer: If the temperature of a body is t°C in the Celsius scale and T K in the absolute scale, then T=t+ 273.

Question 11. What is absolute temperature?
Answer:

Absolute temperature

Absolute temperature is the temperature of a body according to a scale where zero is taken as absolute zero.

Question 12. What is the value of freezing point of water in absolute scale?
Answer: Freezing point of water in absolute scale is 273 K.

Wb Class 10 Physical Science

Question 13. What is the boiling point of water in absolute scale?
Answer: The boiling point of water in absolute scale is 373 K.

Question 14. What is the nature of the V-t graph according to Charles’ law?
Answer: The V-t graph according to Charles’ law is a straight line intersecting the x-axis at -273 K.

Question 15. What is the nature of V-T graph according to Charles’ law?
Answer: The nature of the V-Tgraph according to Charles’ law is a straight line passing through the origin.

Question 16. At which temperature, the V-T curve of Charles’ law intersects the temperature axis?
Answer: The V-T curve of Charles’ law intersects the temperature axis at 0 K.

Question 17. Is it possible to have a temperature lower than the absolute temperature?
Answer: No, it is not possible to have a temperature lower than the absolute temperature.

Question 18. What would be the volume of an ideal gas at absolute zero temperature?
Answer: The volume of an ideal gas at absolute zero temperature is zero.

Question 19. What is the value of 400 K in Celsius scale?
Answer: The value of 400 K in Celsius scale = (400- 273)°C = 127°C

Wb Class 10 Physical Science

Question 20. If there is a 273 K change in temperature of a body, what is the corresponding value of this change in Celsius scale?
Answer: A change of 273 K in the temperature of the body results in a change of 273°C in Celsius scale.

Question 21. If the temperature of a body changes from 270 K to 273 K, what is its corresponding increase in Celsius scale?
Answer: Increase in temperature of the body = (273- 270)K = 3 K = 3°C (ncrease of temperature in Celsius scale).

Question 22. If the temperature of a body changes from 270 K to 273 K, what is the present temperature of the body in Celsius scale?
Answer: The present temperature of the body = 273 K =0°C.

Question 23. Does the absolute zero temperature of a gas depend on its nature, mass, volume or pressure?
Answer: No, absolute zero temperature of a gas does not depend on its nature, mass, volume or pressure.

Question 24. At low pressure or high pressure do the real gases roughly follow the equation PV=KT?
Answer: Real gases follow roughly the equation pV = KT at low pressure.

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic A Boyle’s Law And Charle’s Law Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. The volume of a gas increases if its temperature is increased or pressure is ______.
Answer:
Decreased

Question 2. The volume of a gas decreases if its temperature is decreased or pressure is ______.
Answer:
Increased.

Question 3. _________ developed an air pump to experimentally verify Boyle’s law.
Answer: Robert Hooke

Wb Class 10 Physical Science

Question 4. When air bubbles rise up from the bottom surface of deep water, the volume ______.
Answer:
Increases

Question 5. If the volume of a fixed temperature is V0, then its volume at t°C temperature and at constant pressure is _______.
Answer: V0(1+t/273)

Question 6. In reality, we get _________  a temperature less than the absolute zero temperature.
Answer: Do not

Question 7. _______, a scientist introduced the concept of the absolute scale of temperature.
Answer: Kelvin

Question 8. Among solid, liquid, and gaseous materials, force of attraction between the molecules is highest in ________.
Answer:
Solids

Question 9. _______  law is the law relating the pressure and volume of a gas of fixed mass at a constant temperature.
Answer: Boyle’s

Question 10. _______ law is the law relating the volume and temperature of a fixed mass of gas at constant pressure.
Answer: Charles’

Question 11. Due to a lack of experimental proof, the complete idea of atoms and molecules during Avogadro’s time was _______.
Answer:
Hypothetical.

Wb Class 10 Physical Science

Question 12. If pressure of an enclosed air is more than the atmospheric pressure, the level of mercury in the open-end arm of a manometer is ______ than the other arm.
Answer: Higher

Question 13. If pressure of an enclosed air is less than the atmospheric pressure, the level of mercury in the open-end arm of a manometer is _______ than the other arm.
Answer: lower

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic A Boyle’s Law And Charle’s Law State Whether True Or False

Question 1. A pressure gauge is a device that is used to measure the pressure of the gas.
Answer: True

Question 2. According to Boyle’s law at a constant temperature, the volume of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to the pressure exerted by the gas.
Answer: True

Question 3. The volume of a certain mass of gas becomes zero at 0°C.
Answer: False

Question 4. A change of 1°C- is equal to 1 K on the Kelvin scale.
Answer: True

Question 5. Ideal gas does not obey Boyle’s law, Charles’ law, and equation of state.
Answer: True

Wb Class 10 Physical Science

Question 6. If V1 and V2 are the volumes of a fixed mass of gas at temperatures T1 and T2  respectively, then \(\frac{V_2}{V_1}=\frac{273+t_2}{273+t_1}\).
Answer: True

Question 7. A temperature of 0°C is considered as the lowest hypothetical value of temperature.
Answer: True

Question 8. The product of pressure and the volume of a fixed mass of gas at a fixed temperature remains constant.
Answer: True

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic A Boyle’s Law And Charle’s Law Numerical Examples Useful Relations

1. Mathematical expression of Boyle’s law: p1V1=p2V2 where, V1 and V2 are volumes of a fixed mass of a gas at pressures p1 and p2 at constant temperature.

2. Mathematical Expression of Charles’ law: \(V_t=V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

where Vis the volume of a fixed mass of a gas at temperature 0°C and Vt is the volume of the gas at t°C at constant pressure.

3. An alternative expression of Charles’ law ‘: \(\frac{V_1}{T_1}=\frac{V_2}{T_2}\)

where V1 and V2 are the volumes of a fixed mass of gas at constant pressure at a temperature T1K, and T2K respectively.

Avogadro’s Law and Molar Volume

Question 1. The volume and the pressure of a fixed mass of gas at constant temperature is 750 ml and 80 cm Hg, respectively. What should be the pressure of the gas at the same temperature to make the volume 1000 mL?

Answer: Initial pressure of the gas (p1) = 80 cm Hg

Initial volume of the gas (V1) = 750 mL

Final volume of the gas (V2) = 1000 mL

Suppose, final pressure of the gas is p2.

Since the temperature of the gas is constant, according to Boyle’s law,

p1V1=p2V2 or, \(p_2=\frac{p_1 V_1}{V_2}\)

∴  \(p_2=\frac{80 \times 750}{1000}=60 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

Therefore, at the same temperature, the volume of the gas becomes 1000 mL at 60 cm Hg.

Question 2. The temperature of a gas of fixed mass is 27°C. At what degree Celsius temperature, the volume of this gas becomes double, if the pressure on the gas remains unchanged?
Answer: Initial temperature of the gas (T1) = 27 + 273 = 300 K and initial volume (V1)= V.

Suppose, volume is doubled at a temperature T2 and V2 = 2V.

As the pressure of the gas is constant, according to Charles’ law,

\(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{T_1}{T_2}\) or, \(V_1 T_2=V_2 T_1\) or, \(T_2=\frac{V_2 T_1}{V_1}\).

∴ \(T_2=\frac{2 V \times 300}{V}=600 \mathrm{~K}\)

Hence, final temperature of the gas in Celsius scale = (600 — 273) = 327°C

Wb Class 10 Physical Science

Question 3. Air is present inside a glass vessel at 67°C. Keeping its pressure unchanged, the temperature of the vessel is increased. At what temperature, of air will escape?
Answer: Initial temperature of air, T1= 67 + 273 = 340 K

Suppose, initial volume = V1 and  1/3 portion escapes at temperature T2

If the final volume of air is V2, then

\(V_2=\left(1+\frac{1}{3}\right) V_1 \equiv \frac{4}{3} V_1\)

As the pressure remains constant, according to Charles’ law,

\(\frac{V_1}{T_1}=\frac{V_2}{T_2}\) or, \(V_1 T_2=V_2 T_1\) or,

\(V_1 T_2=\frac{4}{3} V_1 \times 340\) or, T2=443.33K

Therefore, final temperature in Celsius scale = 453.33-273 = 180.33°C

Question 4. A balloon of volume 100 cm3 is taken at depth of 103.3 m inside a lake. What is its new volume? Atmospheric pressure is equal to the pressure of 10,33 m of water column.
Answer: Atmospheric pressure is equal to the pressure of a water column of 10.33 m. Volume (V1) of balloon on the top surface of the lake = 100 cm3.

Initial pressure (p1) = pa, where pa is the atmospheric pressure.

Thus, pressure at the bottom of the lake, p2 =pa+ Pressure a 103.3 m water column

= \(p_1+\frac{103.3}{10.33}=11 p_a\)

Suppose, the volume of air in the balloon at the bottom of the lake = V2

Now as the temperature is uniform throughout the lake, so according to Boyle’s law,

p1V1=p2V2

pa × 100

∴ \(V_2=\frac{p_1 V_1}{p_2}=\frac{p_a \times 100}{11 p_a}\)= 9.09 cm3

Hence, the volume at the bottom of the lake becomes 9.09 cm3.

Physical Science Class 10 West Bengal Board

Question 5. Some amount of air has been put into a barometer tube of length lm and as a result, its reading has come down from 76 cm to 70 cm. What is the volume of the air at standard atmospheric pressure? Standard atmospheric pressure = 76 cm Hg and the cross sectional area of the tube = 1 cm2
Answer: Cross-sectional area of the barometer tube (A) = 1 cm2
The reading of the barometer comes down from 76 cm to 70 cm when some amount of air is put inside it.

Thus, pressure of air in the barometer tube ( p2) = 76 – 70 = 6 cm Hg and its volume (V1) = (100 – 70) x 1 = 30 cm3

If the volume of the air is V2 at standard atmospheric pressure or p2 = 76cm Hg, then according to Boyle’s law,

p1V1=p2V2 or, \(V_2=\frac{p_1 V_1}{p_2}\)

∴ V2= \(\frac{6 \times 30}{76}\) =  2.368 cm3

Question 6. The volume of a gas is 3 L at 27°C. By keeping the pressure constant, if the temperature is increased to 127 °C, its volume becomes 4 L. Calculate the value of absolute zero temperature.
Answer: Suppose, absolute zero temperature = T0 °C

Therefore, initial temperature (T1) of the gas = (27 – T0) K and its volume (V1) = 3 L and final temperature (T2) = (127 – T0) K and its volume (V2) = 4L

As the pressure is constant, so according to Charles’ law,

\(\frac{V_1}{T_1}=\frac{V_2}{T_2}\) or, \(\frac{3}{27-T_0}=\frac{4}{127-T_0}\)

Question 7. At 95 cm of Hg pressure a balloon is filled with 0.8 L air. Find the volume of the balloon if pressure is decreased to 76 cm of Hg keeping the temperature constant.
Answer: According to the question, initial pressure (p1) = 95 cm of Hg, initial volume (V1) = 0.8 L, and final pressure (p2 ) = 76 cm of Hg.
Suppose the final volume of the balloon is V2 L.
As temperature and mass of the air inside the balloon are constant, according to Boyle’s law,
p1V1=p2V2 or, \(V_2=\frac{p_1 V_1}{p_2}\)

∴  \(V_2=\frac{95 \times 0.8}{76}=1.0\)

Ideal Gas Law: Formula and Applications

Question 8. Two vessels of volume V and V’ contain air at the same temperature and their pressures are p1 and p2  respectively. They are joined by a tube of negligible volume. Find the final pressure of the system (at equilibrium).
Answer: Total volume of the system V=V’ +V” Final pressure of the system (p) = pressure due to the fist gas for the entire volume V + pressure due to the second gas for the entire volume V
∴ P=p’1+p’2

As the temperature is constant, according to Boyle’s law.
p’1V= p1V’   or,  \( p_1^{\prime}=\frac{p_1 V^{\prime}}{V}\)
and p’2V= p2V”  or, \(p_2^{\prime}=\frac{p_2 V^{\prime \prime}}{V}\)
∴ \(p=p_1^{\prime}+p_2^{\prime}=\frac{p_1 V^{\prime}}{V}+\frac{p_2 V^{\prime \prime}}{V}\)
= \(\frac{p_1^{\prime} V^{\prime}+p_2^{\prime} V^{\prime \prime}}{V}\)
= \(\frac{\dot{p}_1^{\prime} V^{\prime}+p_2^{\prime} V^{\prime \prime}}{V^{\prime}+V^{\prime \prime}}\)

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic B Combination Of Boyle’s Law And Charles’ Law, Ideal Gas Equation, Avogadro’s Law Synopsis

1. Combined form of Boyle’s law and Charles’ law: If the volume and pressure of a given mass of gas at absolute temperature T are V and p respectively, then the combined form of Boyle’s law and Charles’ law is
\(V \propto \frac{T}{p}\) or, \(V=\frac{K T}{p}\) or, pV=KT or, \(\frac{p V}{T}=K\)
where K is a constant,-whose value depends on the mass of the gas and also on units of volume, temperature, and pressure.

2. Avogadro’s law: At same temperature and pressure, equal volumes of all gases contain the same number of molecules. Volume in Avogadro’s law refers to the volume of the space occupied by the gas and not the volume of the molecules present inside the gas.

3. Gay-Lussac’s Law: When gasses combine to form gaseous chemical compounds or compounds, the volumes of the reacting gases and that of the product (or those of the products) are in the ratio of small whole numbers, measured under the same conditions of pressure and temperature.

4. Avogadro number: Number of molecules present in 1 mole of substances. It is denoted by nA and nA = 6.022 X 1023

5. Mathematical form of Avogadro’s law: If at a particular temperature and pressure, n moles of a gas occupies volume V, then according to Avogadro’s law,
V ∞ n or, V = kn, k = constant or, V/n = constant or,  \(\frac{V_1}{n_1}=\frac{V_2}{n_2}\)

6. Combination of Boyle’s law, Charles’ law, and Avogadro’s law: Let, at temperature T K and pressure p, n moles of a gas occupies volume V.
Now, according to Boyle’s law, \(\vee \propto \frac{1}{p}\) when n, T are constant.
According to Charles’ law, V ∝ T, when n and p are constant.
According to Avogadro’s law, V ∝ {where  n, when p and T are constant.
From the above relations, we get,
[layex]V \propto \frac{n T}{p}[/latex], when p, T and n all vary.
or, \(V=\frac{R n T}{p}\) R is a constant or, pV = nRT
This equation is known as the ideal gas equation for n-gram moles of an ideal gas.

7. R is called the molar gas constant or universal gas constant. The value of R is independent of the nature of the gas.
8. Units and value of R: In the CGS system, R = 8.314 x 107 erg • mol-1 • K-1 in SI, R = 8.314 J • mol-1 • K-1
9. Dimensional formula of R: dimensional formula of R is \(M L^2 T^{-2} N^{-1} \Theta^{-1}\) [dimension of temperature =Θ and amount of substance (mole) =N]

10. Ideal gas and real gas: A gas that obeys equation of state pV = nRT under all conditions is called an ideal gas. The gases which does not obey Boyle’s law or Charles’ law or Avogadro’s law or equation of state pV = nRT are called an ideal gases. But in reality, no known gas obeys the equation pV = KT except at high temperature and low pressure, hence they are called real gas.

Physical Science Class 10 West Bengal Board

11. Basic assumptions of the kinetic theory of gases:

(1)Gases are composed of a large numbers of molecules. For a particular gas the molecules are identical but they are different for different gases.
(2)Gas molecules are assumed as point masses, sum of their volumes is negligible compared to the volume of the container.
(3)Within the container the molecules are in ceaseless, random motion in all possible directions. .
(4)During motion, the molecules collide with each other and with the walls of the container. There collisions are perfectly elastic i.e., no loss in energy during collision.
(5)There is no force of attraction or repulsion between the gas molecules. Hence the potential energy of a gas molecule is zero, the total energy is its kinetic energy.
(6)The value of molecular velocities varies from zero to infinity.
(7)If temperature of the container remain unchanged, number of molecules of unit volume anywhere inside the container is always same.

12. Reasons of deviation from ideal behavior:

1. Ideal gas molecules are point masses. But real gas molecules have finite volumes.
2. There is no force of attraction or repulsion between ideal gas molecules. But weak intermoiecular force acts between real gas molecules.

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic B Combination Of Boyle’s Law And Charles’ Law, Ideal Gas Equation, Avogadro’s Law Short And Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1. Establish the combined form of Boyle’s and Charles’ law.
Answer:

The combined form of Boyle’s and Charles’ law

Suppose, pressure and volume of a fixed mass of any gas at absolute temperature T are p and V, respectively.

According to Boyle’s law, \(V \propto \frac{1}{p}\) (when mass of gas p and T are fixed).

According to Charles’ law, V ∞ T (when mass of gas and p are fixed).

Thus, according to the law of combined variation, \(V \propto \frac{T}{p}\) (when mass of a gas is fixed but both T  and p are variables)

or V=KT/P or, pV=KT

∴ \(\frac{p V}{T}=K\) ……..(1) where K is a proportional constant.

Let the initial pressure, volume and absolute temperature of a fixed mass of gas be p1, V1, T1, and the final pressure, volume, and absolute temperature be p2, V2, and T2 respectively. Then from equation (1), we get

\(\frac{p_1 V_1}{T_1}=K\) and \(\frac{p_2 V_2}{T_2}=K\)

∴ \(\frac{p_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{p_2 V_2}{T_2}\)

This is the combined form of Boyle’s law and Charles’ law.

Question 2. Under what circumstances, a real gas may behave like an ideal gas? Or, Give the arguments in favour of considering a real gas as an Ideal gas.
Answer: The volume of a definite mass of a real gas increases steadily when the pressure on it is reduced under constant temperature. Again, the volume of a definite mass of a real gas increases steadily when the temperature of it is increased under constant pressure. As the volume of the gas increases, the mutual distance between its molecules also increases.

As a result, the value of mutual attractive force between the molecules is also reduced. For an ideal gas, it is assumed that there is no mutual attractive force between the molecules. With these arguments, a real gas behaves like an ideal gas under the lowest possible pressure or the highest possible temperature.

Physical Science Class 10 West Bengal Board

Question 3. What are the contributions of Avogadro’s hypothesis?
Answer:

Contributions of Avogadro’s hypothesis:

1. Atoms and molecules are differentiated for the first time, in Avogadro’s hypothesis.
2. Gay- Lussac’s law of gaseous volume can be explained satisfactorily with the help of Avogadro’s hypothesis.
3. With this hypothesis correlation can be established between Dalton’s atomic theory and Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volume.

Question 4. The molar volumes of real gases at any given temperature and pressure are more or less equal and its limiting value at STP is 22.4 L • mol-1. From the above experimental facts, deduce Avogadro’s hypothesis.
Answer:

The molar volumes of real gases at any given temperature and pressure are more or less equal and its limiting value at STP is 22.4 L • mol-1.

The value of molar volume does not depend on the nature of the gaseous material. If the temperature and the pressure remain constant, then the values of molar volumes of different real gases remain nearly equal. If the volume of nmol of gas is V, then the molar volume becomes \(\frac{V}{n}\).

As the volume of a gas changes due to change” in its temperature and pressure, so the molar volume also changes due to change of temperature and pressure. It has been experimentally proved that at standard temperature and pressure, i.e., at STP, the value of the molar volume of any gaseous material is more or less the same and its limiting value is 22.4 L or 22400 mL.

This volume is called the molar volume of a gas at STP. So, at STP, 22.4 liters of every gas contain an equal number of molecules. From this experimental result, scientist Avogadro postulated his famous theory regarding the volume and molecules of any gaseous material. This theory is known as Avogadro’s hypothesis.

Question 5. Explain how Avogadro’s law combines Gay-Lussac’s law and Dalton’s atomic theory.
Answer: It is known that hydrogen chloride (HCI) gas is formed when hydrogen (H) gas and chlorine (Cl) gas react with each other. The reaction is given by H2 + CI2 = 2HCI.

According to Gay-Lussacs’s law of gaseous volume, 1 unit volume of H has to react with 1 unit volume of Cl to produce 2 units volume of HCI.

Now, according to Avogadro’s hypothesis, 1 elementary particle of H +1 elementary particle of Cl = 2 elementary particles of HCI Meanwhile according to Dalton’s atomic theory, the smallest elementary particle of matter is atom which is indivisible.

Therefore for hydrogen or chlorine, the elementary particle is molecule rather than an atom. Atoms and molecules were first differentiated while explaining Gay-Lussac’s gaseous volume from Avogadro’s hypothesis. Hence, Avogadro’s law combined Dalton’s atomic theory and Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volume

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Chapter 6 Question Answer

Question 6. Show that wet air is lighter than dry air by using the molar masses of water, nitrogen, and oxygen. Or, Give the reason for air to be lighter in rainy season than in winter.
Answer: We know, \(\text { density }=\frac{\text { mass }}{\text { volume }}\). By any means, if P volume the amount of water vapor increases in air, the mass of air decreases, and as a result, the density of air decreases. The amount of nitrogen and oxygen is high in dry air.

Molar mass of nitrogen is 28 g and the molar mass of oxygen is 32 g. Again, molar mass of water (H20) = 1×2 + 16 = 18 g
Now, suppose, some amount of dry air is taken in a closed vessel. Then, by keeping temperature and volume unchanged, 4 molecules of N2 and 1 molecule of O2 are taken out of the vessel and 5 molecules of H20 are introduced.

In this case, mass (M1) of (4 molecules of N2 + 1 molecule of O2).
=\(\left(\frac{4 \times 28}{N_A}+\frac{1 \times 32}{N_A}\right)=\frac{144}{N_A} g\)

But mass of 5 molecules of H20
M2= \(\frac{5 \times 18}{N_{\mathrm{A}}}=\frac{90}{N_{\mathrm{A}}} \mathrm{g}\)

Hence, M2<M1. Clearly, total mass of wet air inside the vessel is also reduced in this process. As a result, the density of wet air inside the vessel is also reduced. Thus, the wet air of the rainy season is lighter than dry air of winter

Question 7. Establish the ideal gas equation formed by combining Boyle’s law, Charles’ law, and Avogadro’s hypothesis.
Answer: According to Boyle’s law, \(V \propto \frac{1}{p}\) [when T and n are constant] ……..(1)

According to Charles’ law, V∝T [when p and n are constant]……(2)
According to Avogadro’s hypothesis, V∝n [when p and T are constant]…(3)

where, p = pressure of gas, V = volume of gas, T = temperature (in kelvin), n = number of moles. By combined variation, we get from equations (1],(2),(3).

 

\(V \propto \frac{n T}{p}\) [where p and T are variables.
or, \(V=\frac{n R T}{p}\) or, pV = nRT

Where R is the molar gas constant or universal gas constant. This equation is the ideal gas For n mole of gas.

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Chapter 6 Question Answer

Question 8. Calculate the unit of R by the dimensional analysis of ideal gas equation.
Answer:

We get \(R=\frac{p V}{n T}\) from the ideal gas equation, pV = nRT for n mol of gases.

∴ dimensional formula of R.

= dimensional formula of pressure X dimensional formula of volume/ dimensional formula of mole number X dimensional formula of temperature
= dimensional formula of force /(dimensional formula of length)2 X (dimensional formula of length)3 / dimensional formula of mole number X  dimensional formula of temperature
= dimensional formula of work/ dimensional formula of mole number X dimensional formula of temperature

So, unit of universal gas constant \(R=\frac{\text { unit of work }}{\text { unit of mole number } \times \text { unit of temperature }}\)

Therefore, unit of R in SI is j • mol-1 • K-1 and unit of R in CGS system is erg •mol-1 • K-1. Here, the temperature is absolute temperature. So, its unit is expressed in K (kelvin).

Question 9. Calculate the value of universal of constant R.
Answer:

Ideal gas equation for 1 mol of any gas at STP is p0V0 = RT0
where p0 = standard pressure, T0 = standard temperature = 273 K and V0 = volume of,1 mole of gas at STP = 22400 cm3
∴p0 = pressure of 76 cm of mercury column = 76 x 13.6 X 980 Dyn/cm
Now, we get R=\frac{p_0 V_0}{T_0}= from p0V0 = RT0 gas or, \(R=\frac{76 \times 13.6 \times 980 \times 22400}{273}\)
∴ R = 8.31 X 107 erg mol-1 • K-1 = 8.31 J. mol-1 K-1

Question 10. Write down the basic assumptions of kinetic theory of an ideal gas.
Answer: The basic assumptions of the kinetic theory of an ideal gas are as follows:
1. All the gases are composed of many molecules. Molecules of the same gas are of same nature but molecules of different gases are of different nature.

2. Gas molecules behave like point masses. So, volume of the molecules is negligible compared to the volume of the vessel.

3. Until the molecules collide amongst themselves and with the walls of the vessel, they move in straight lines with uniform speed. As a result of the collision, the motion of the molecules become disorderly.

4. The total linear momentum and the total kinetic energy of the molecules before and after the coliision remain unchanged.

5. No attractive or repulsive force acts within the gas molecules, i.e., there is no potential energy of the molecules and the entire energy is kinetic energy.

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Chapter 6 Question Answer

Question 11. Give two arguments in favour of the mobility of gas molecules.
Answer:
1. Pressure and diffusion are the two properties of gases which prove that the gas molecules are mobile. Gas molecules always collide amongst themselves and also with the walls of the vessel.

2. A force is exerted on the wall when the molecules collide against it. Pressure of a gas is equal to this force per unit area acting perpendicular to the wall of the vessel.
Further, two or more gases mix amongst themselves on their own. This is called diffusion. Therefore, both pressure of a gas and diffusion arise due to movement of the gas molecules.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Movement Of Gas Molecules

Question 12. Discuss the influence of pressure on the volume of a gas.
Answer:
1. If the pressure on an enclosed gas is increased, distance between the molecules decreases. As a result, volume of the gas decreases. Due to decrease in the volume, number of collisions per second on unit area of the wall increases.

2. As a result, pressure of the gas increases and the external pressure and the internal pressure become equal and act in opposite directions.

3. In the same way, if the external pressure is decreased, distances between the molecules increase and as a result, volume increases. Due to increase of the volume, number of collisions per second on unit area of the wall decreases and consequently, the pressure of the gas decreases.

4. Here also, the external pressure and the internal pressure become equal and act in opposite directions.

Question 13. What is diffusion? Which properties of the gas molecules are known due to diffusion? Or, If an incense stick is ignited inside the room, the fragrance of the stick spreads within the room in a very short time. This phenomenon takes place due to which property of the gas? Write down the reasons.
Answer:
1. Diffusion is the phenomenon by which two or more non-reacting gases (light or heavy) are mixed spontaneously to form a homogeneous mixture, when they come in contact with each other.

2. If an incense stick is ignited inside a room, the fragrance of the stick spreads within the room in a very short time. As soon as the stick is ignited, there is collision among the gas molecules and also with the molecules of the air. Due to frequent collisions, the direction of motion of the gas molecules gets changed every moment.

3. The intermolecular space is much more than the volume of the gas molecules. As a result, the motion of the molecules of a particular gas enables them to enter into another gas through that intermolecular space and spread within a short time.

4. So, it is known through the process of diffusion that gas molecules are in motion and their motion is disorderly.

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Chapter 6 Question Answer

Question 14. Why the volume of a real gas of a definite mass at constant temperature and high pressure does not decrease in accordance with Boyle’s law, even if the pressure on it is increased? Or, Boyle’s law is applicable for an ideal gas but not for a real gas at high pressure. Why?
Answer:

1. According to the conditions of kinetic theory of gases, total volume of the molecules of a gas is negligible compared to the volume occupied by the gas.

2. But molecules of a real gas, though small, have a finite volume. If pressure is increased, the above mentioned condition remains valid upto a pressure of 1 atmosphere, but at higher pressure the molecules of the gas come very near to each other.

3. As a result, when the pressure is increased on the real gases already kept at high pressure, their volumes do not decrease likewise according to Boyle’s law.

Question 15. How is the presence of intermolecular forces responsible for deviation of a real gas from an ideal gas?
Answer: The pressure of a real gas is less than that of an ideal gas at same temperature and for same mass and volume. This is a deviation of an ideal gas from a real mass.

Explanation: When a gas molecule remains inside the vessel and is slightly away from the wall of the vessel, then it experiences an equal attractive force by the molecules all around it from every direction. As a result, resultant force on that molecule becomes zero. But when a molecule is very near the wall of the vessel, then the molecules inside the vessel and away from the wall exert an inward resultant force on that molecule.

As a result, the velocity of the molecule is reduced and thus strikes the wall at a lower speed. Now according to the kinetic theory of an ideal gas, there are no intermolecular forces between the molecules. So, real gas exerts comparatively less amount of pressure on the wall due to the presence of intermolecular forces.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Physical science And Environment Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Presence Of Intermoleculer Forces
Question 16. Mention two observations which prove the presence of mutual attractive forces between the gas molecules.

Answer: The following two observations prove the presence of intermolecular forces in a real gas:
1. Any gas gets condensed into liquid at a definite temperature when its temperature is reduced. Explanation: When temperature is reduced, kinetic energy of the gas molecules is also reduced. As a result, the molecules come nearer to each other only due to mutual attractive force. More the molecules come nearer to each other, more the value of intermolecular force increases. Hence, the gas gets condensed into liquid.

2. The pressure of a real gas is slightly less than the pressure of an ideal gas under similar conditions.

Explanation: When a molecule comes very near to the wall of a closed vessel, then that molecule exerts comparatively less force on the wall. This is due to the fact that the molecule which has come closer to the wall of the vessel is attracted by the other molecules away from the wall. So, pressure of the gas is slightly less than the pressure of an ideal gas under similar conditions.

Question 17. Determine the dimensional formula for universal gas constant.
Answer: The ideal gas equation for n mol of gases is pV = nRT; where p = pressure, V = volume, T = absolute temperature and R is the universal gas constant.

∴\(R=\frac{p V}{n T}\)

Hence, the dimensional formula of R = =\(\frac{M L^{-1} T^{-2} \times L^3}{N \times \Theta}=M L^2 T^{-2} N^{-1} \Theta^{-1}\)

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Chapter 6 Question Answer

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic B Combination Of Boyle’s Law And Charles’ Law, Ideal Gas Equation, Avogadro’s Law Very Short Answer Type Question Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1. Real gases behave like ideal gas at

  1. High pressure and low temperature
  2. Low pressure and high temperature
  3. Low pressure and low temperature
  4. High pressure and high temperature

Answer: 2. Low pressure and high temperature

Question 2. Molar mass of water is

  1. 16g
  2. 18g
  3. 20g
  4. 22g

Answer: 2. 18g

Question 3. Mass of 5 mol hydrogen gas is

  1. 5g
  2. 10g
  3. 20g
  4. 15g

Answer: 2. 10g

Question 4. During the collision of molecules of an ideal gas

  1. Only linear momentum remains conserved
  2. Only kinetic energy remains conserved
  3. Both linear momentum and kinetic energy remain conserved
  4. Neither linear momentum nor kinetic energy remains conserved

Answer: 3. Both linear momentum and kinetic energy remain conserved

Question 5. The energy of the molecules of an ideal gas is

  1. Only potential energy
  2. Only kinetic energy
  3. The sum of potential energy and kinetic energy
  4. The difference of kinetic energy and potential energy

Answer: 2. Only kinetic energy

Question 6. Which quantity is a constant in the equation pV = nRT?

  1. p
  2. V
  3. T
  4. R

Answer: 4. R

Question 7. Value of the universal gas constant in the CGS system is

  1. 8.31 × 106 erg. mol-1 K-1
  2. 8.31 × 107 erg . mol-1 K-1
  3. 8.31 × 108 erg . mol-1 K-1
  4. 8.31 × 109 erg . mol-1 K-1

Answer: 2. 8.31 × 107 erg . mol-1 K-1

Question 8. If x number of molecules are present in volume V of He gas at pressure p and temperature T, then the number of molecules present in a volume 3 V of O2 gas at the same pressure and temperature is

  1. x
  2. 3x
  3. x/3
  4. 9x

Answer: 2. 3x

Question 9. The freezing point of water in an absolute scale is

  1. 0 K
  2. 273 K
  3. 373 K
  4. 173 K

Answer: 2. 273 K

Question 10. The dimensional formula of universal gas constant is

  1. \(\mathrm{ML}^2 \mathrm{TN}^{-1} \Theta^{-1}\)
  2. \(M L^2 T^{-2} N^{-1} \Theta^{-1}\)
  3. \(M L^2 T^{-2} N^{-1} \Theta\)
  4. \(M L^2 T^{-1} N^{-1} \Theta^{-1}\)

Answer: 3. \(M L^2 T^{-2} N^{-1} \Theta\)

Question 11. According to the kinetic theory of gases, at what temperature the molecule of an ideal gas has zero kinetic energy?

  1. 273 K
  2. 300 K
  3. 0 K
  4. 100 K

Answer: 3. 0 K

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Chapter 6 Question Answer

Question 12. 84g N2 = how many moles?

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 3. 3

Question 13. Among 2g H2, 28g N2, and 44 g CO2, which one has the largest volume at STP?

  1. 2gH2
  2. 28gN2
  3. 44gCO2
  4. All have the same volume

Answer:  4. All have the same volume

Question 14. If Avogadro number is N, then one mol of C02 contains how many molecules?

  1. N
  2. 2N
  3. 3N
  4. 4N

Answer: 3. 3N

Question 15. The mass of one molecule of oxygen is

  1. 5.31 × 10-23g
  2. 10.62 × 10-23g
  3. 15.93 × 10-23g
  4. 2.65 × 10-23g

Answer: 1. 5.31 × 10-23g

Question 16. What is the molecular mass of CO2 when the mass of 11.2 L of CO2 at STP is 22g?

  1. 22
  2. 44
  3. 88
  4. 11

Answer: 2. 44

Question 17. The number of molecules present in 7g of N2 gas is

  1. 12.044 × 1023
  2. 1.506 × 1023
  3. 3.011 × 1023
  4. 6.022 × 1023

Answer: 2. 1.506 × 1023

Question 18. The amount of work done by expansion of 1 mol ideal gas against fixed pressure when its temperature is increased by 1K is

  1. R
  2. 2 R
  3. 3 R
  4. 4 R

Answer: 1. R

Wbbse Class 10 Physical Science Chapter 6 Question Answer

Question 19. The volume of 2.2 g of CO2 at 27°C and a pressure of 570 mm of the mercury column is

  1. 4.92 L
  2. 0.82 L
  3. 3.28 L
  4. 1.64 L

Answer: 4. 1.64 L

Question 20. The behavior of real gases show maximum deviation from the behavior of ideal gas under

  1. Low pressure and low temperature
  2. Low pressure and high temperature
  3. High pressure and low temperature
  4. High pressure and high temperature

Answer: 3. High pressure and low temperature

Question 21. There is N number of molecules in nmol of a gas. Value of – is n

  1. 9.033 x 1023
  2. 12.044 x 1023
  3. 3.011 x 1023
  4. 6.022 x 1023

Answer: 4. 6.022 x 1023

Question 22. The equation of state of 7 g of oxygen is

  1. pV=7RT
  2. \(p V=\frac{32}{7} R T\)
  3. \(p V=\frac{7}{32} R T\)
  4. pV= 14RT

Answer: 4. pV= 14RT

Question 23. What is the value of pV for 1.12 L for an ideal gas at STP?

  1. 2RT
  2. RT
  3. 0.05RT
  4. 1.12RT

Answer: 3. 0.05RT

Question 24. No of moles present per unit volume (L) of an ideal gas is

  1. pRT
  2. \(\frac{p}{R T}\)
  3. \(\frac{R T}{p}\)
  4. \(\frac{p T}{R}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{p}{R T}\)

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic B Combination Of Boyle’s Law And Charles’ Law, Ideal Gas Equation, Avogadro’s Law Answer In Brief

Question 1. At low temperature or high temperature do the real gases roughly follow the equation pV=KT?
Answer: Real gases roughly follow the equation pV = KT at high temperature.

Question 2. How is the pressure of a definite mass of gas related to the motion of its molecules?
Answer: Keeping the volume of a definite mass of gas constant, if the velocity of the molecules of the gas increases, pressure of the gas inside the vessel also increases.

Question 3. What is molar volume?
Answer:

Molar volume

The volume occupied by one gram mole of any gaseous substance (elementary or compound) at a fixed temperature and pressure is called the gram molar volume or molar volume.

Question 4. Does the value of molar volume depend on the nature of the gas?
Answer: No, the value of molar volume does not depend on the nature of the gas.

Question 5. The value of molar volume depends on which factor?
Answer: The value of molar volume depends on the pressure and temperature of the gas.

Question 6. What is the limiting value of molar volume of any real gas at STP?
Answer: The limiting value of molar volume of any gaseous material at STP is 22.4 L or 22400 mL.

Question 7. What is meant by the volume of a gas in Avogadro’s hypothesis?
Answer: Volume of a gas in Avogadro’s hypothesis means the volume of the space occupied by the gas.

Question 8. Who is the first scientist to differentiate between atoms and molecules?
Answer: Avogadro is the first scientist to differentiate between atoms and molecules.

Question 9. How to reduce the density of air of a place at a definite temperature?
Answer: If the amount of water vapour at a place at a definite temperature increases due to some reason, density of air gets reduced.

Question 10. The number of molecules in a balloon filled with hydrogen gas is N. What is the number of molecules in a balloon filled with an equal volume of nitrogen at the same temperature and pressure?
Answer: The number of molecules in a balloon containing equal volume of nitrogen gas at the same temperature and pressure is also N.

Question 11. Between dry air and wet air, which one has less density?
Answer: Wet air has less density than dry air.

Question 12. Is there any change in the kinetic energy of the gas molecules in a perfectly elastic collision?
Answer: In a perfectly elastic collision, kinetic energy of the gas molecules remains conserved.

Question 13. The fragrant fumes of a burning incense stick placed at one corner of the room are perceived by smell at another corner of the room. Which property of the gas molecules is demonstrated by this?
Answer: The property of motion of gas molecules is demonstrated by this.

Question 14. The fragrant fumes of a burning incense stick placed at one corner of the room are perceived by smell at another corner of the room. What information about the motion of the gas molecules is available from this phenomenon?
Answer: Due to the mutual collisions of the gas molecules, there is a continuous change in their directions—this information is available from the given phenomenon.

Question 15. What is the number of molecules in 22.4 L of a gas at STP?
Answer: The number of molecules in 22.4 L of a gas at STP is 6.022 x1023.

Question 16. How can the pressure of a certain quantity of a gas kept in a closed vessel and attached with a piston be increased without changing its temperature?
Answer: The pressure of gas inside the closed vessel increases if the piston is pushed inside the vessel, without changing the temperature.

Question 17. What is the difference between an ideal gas and a real gas on the basis of inter-molecular forces?
Answer: Though the value of intermolecular forces in the case of an ideal gas is zero, it is not so in the case of a real gas.

Question 18. Write down the ideal gas equation for n mol of a gas.
Answer: The ideal gas equation for n moles of a gas is pV=nRT.

Question 19. Write down the ideal gas equation for 1 mol of a gas.
Answer: The ideal gas equation for one mole of a gas is pV=RT.

Question 20. Is the equation pV = nRT applicable in the same way to all ideal gases?
Answer: Yes, the equation pV=nRT is applicable in the same way to all ideal gases.

Question 21. What is the unit of universal gas constant R in CGS system and SI?
Answer: The unit of universal gas constant R in CGS system and SI are erg. mol-1 . K-1 and J • mol-1. K-1, respectively.

Word Problems on Gas Laws with Solutions

Question 22. What is the value of universal gas constant R in cal . mol-1. K-1?
Answer: The value of universal gas constant in cal . mol-1 . K-1 is 1.987.

Question 23. What is the value of universal gas constant R in L . atm . mol-1. K-1 ?
Answer: The value of universal gas constant in L . atm . mol-1. K-1 is 0.082.

Question 24. What is the relation between the volume of the gas and the total volume of the molecules in case of an ideal gas?
Answer: In case of an ideal gas, total volume of the molecules of the gas is considered to be negligible as compared to the volume occupied by the gas.

Question 25. What is the nature of the collision between two molecules of an ideal gas?
Answer: The collision between two molecules of an ideal gas is an elastic collision because both linear momentum and kinetic energy are conserved in this case.

Question 26. What is the nature of the energy of gas molecules?
Answer: The gas molecules possess kinetic energy.

Question 27. What is condition of diffusion?
Answer:

Condition of diffusion

According to the condition of diffusion, when two or more gases which do not react with each other are kept in contact, they may undergo diffusion.

Question 28. Can diffusion take place against gravitation?
Answer: Yes, diffusion can take place against gravitation.

Question 29. A real gas can be converted into liquid by reducing its temperature. What can be inferred about intermolecular force from this phenomenon?
Answer: This phenomenon gives a preliminary idea about the intermolecular force in a real gas.

Question 30. Due to which condition of kinetics, the pressure of an ideal gas is greater than the pressure of a real gas under the same condition?
Answer: The condition that there is no attraction or repulsion amongst the molecules of an ideal gas is responsible for the given occurrence.

Question 31. What is the net attractive force on the molecules of a gas when it remains inside a vessel?
Answer: The net attractive force on the molecules of the gas is zero when it remains inside a vessel.

Question 32. When does a net attractive force act on the molecules of a gas inside a vessel?
Answer: A net attractive force acts on the molecules of a gas inside a vessel when they are very close to the wall of the vessel.

Question 33. Is it possible to convert an ideal gas into a liquid?
Answer: As there is no attractive force amongst the molecules of the ideal gas, hence it is not possible to convert an ideal gas into a liquid.

Question 34. Is it possible to convert a real gas into a liquid?
Answer: As attractive forces are present amongst the molecules of the real gas, it is possible to convert a real gas into a liquid.

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic B Combination Of Boyle’s Law And Charles’ Law, Ideal Gas Equation, Avogadro’s Law Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. There is _______    force of attraction between the molecules of an ideal gas.
Answer: No

Question 2. If the pressure of a definite mass of gas is quadrupled at constant temperature, ________ becomes one-fourth.
Answer: Volume

Question 3. The mass of 2 mol of CO2 at STP is __________.
Answer:
88g

Question 4. The volume of 4 g of H2 at STP is ________.
Answer:
44.8 L

Question 5. The molar mass of water is ________.
Answer:
18 g. mol-1

Question 6. The value of molar volume does not depend on _________ of the gas.
Answer: Nature

Question 7. If the number of molecules present in 2 g of H2 at STP is N, then the number of molecules present in 64 g of O2 at STP is_______.
Answer:
2N.

Question 8. If the Avogadro number is N, then number of molecules present in 8.5g of NH3 gas is _________.
Answer:
N/2

Question 9. If the temperature of an enclosed gas increases, then kinetic energy of the molecules also ________.
Answer:
Increase

Question 10. Compared to the time required by a gas molecule to traverse its free path, the time of collision is ________.
Answer:
Neglible

Question 11. During collision of two molecules, both linear momentum and ___________ are conserved.
Answer: Kinetic Energy

Question 12. Force of attraction _________ between molecules of a real gas.
Answer: Exists

Question 13. The value of for one mole of an ideal gas is_________.
Answer:
R

Question 14. Moist air is __________ than dry air.
Answer: Lighter

Question 15. In the equation \(p V=\frac{W}{M} R T\), M is the ___________.
Answer:
Molar Mass

Question 16. Unit of molar mass in CGS system is _______.
Answer: g. mol-1

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic B Combination Of Boyle’s Law And Charles’ Law, Ideal Gas Equation, Avogadro’s Law State Whether True Or False

Question 1. One mole of any gas at STP occupies 22.4 L volume and 6.022 x 1023 molecules.
Answer: True

Question 2. The value of molar volume depends upon the nature of the gas.
Answer: False

Question 3. Real gases behave like ideal gases at low pressure and high temperature.
Answer: True

Question 4. Mean free path of a gas molecule is inversely proportional to the number of molecules per unit volume.
Answer: True

Question 5. The collision between two molecules of an ideal gas is an inelastic collision.
Answer: True

Question 6. The value of universal gas constant in L atm. mol-1 . K-1 is 0.082.
Answer: True

Question 7. Dimensional formula for universal gas constant is \(M L^2 T^2 N \Theta^{-1}\).
Answer: True

Question 8. In case of an ideal gas, volume of the gas molecules is neglected.
Answer: True

Question 9. At constant pressure, the density of a gas is inversely proportional to its absolute temperature.
Answer: True

Question 10. The value of R in the equation pV=RT depends on the values of p, V, and T.
Answer: True

Question 11. The total kinetic energy of the molecules gas at 0 K is zero.
Answer: True

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Topic B Combination Of Boyle’s Law And Charles’ Law, Ideal Gas Equation, Avogadro’s Law Numerical Examples Useful Relations

1. Combination of Boyle’s law and Charles’ law: \(\frac{p_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{p_2 V_2}{T_2}\)
where V1, p1 and T1(K) are respectively initial volume, pressure and temperature, and V2, p2 and T2(K) are respectively final volume, pressure and temperature T2(K) of a gas of fixed mass

2. Avagadro’s law: \(\frac{V_1}{n_1}=\frac{V_2}{n_2}\)
where, under the condition of same temperature and pressure n1 moles of a gas occupies volume V1 and n2 volume of the gas occupies the volume V2.

3. Equation of state for n moles of an ideal gas:
pV=nRT, where p,V,T and R are pressure, volume, absolute temperature and universal gas constant respectively.

4. At STP molar volume of any gas is 22.4 L or 22400 mL.

5. Avogadro number: NA = 6.022 x 1023

Question 1. Find the number of molecules in 22 g of CO2 and 9 g of water.
Answer: Avogadro number, N = 6.022 x 1023
Molar mass of C02 = 44 g
∴22 g of CO2 = mol CO2 = mol CO2

So, the number of molecules in 22 g of CO= \(\frac{N}{2}=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23}}{2}=3.011 \times 10^{23}\)
Again, molar mass of H2O = 1/2 mol H2O
∴ 9g H2O = 9/18 mol H2O= 1/2 mol H2O
Hence, number of molecules in 9 g of H2O = \(\frac{N}{2}=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23}}{2}\) = 3.011 x 1023

Question 2. What is the molar mass of N2 if the mass of 5.6 L of N at STP is 7 g?
Answer: Mass of 5.6 L of N2 gas at STP = 7g
∴ mass of 1L of N2 gas at STP = \(\frac{7}{5.6}\)g and mass of 22.4 L of N2 gas at STP = \(\frac{7}{5.6} \times 22.4\) = 28 g
So, molar mass of N2 = 28 g .

Question 3. what is the mass of 3 mol of NH3 gas? What is the volume of that quantity of gas at STP?
Answer: Molar mass of NH3 = (14 +1 x 3)g = 17g
∴ mass of 3 mol of NH3 gas = 17 x 3g = 51g
The volume of 3 mol of NH3, gas at STP = 22.4 X3L = 67.2 L

Question 4. How many molecules are present in 1g of N2 gas?
Answer: Molar mass of N2 = 28 g
Avogadro number, N = 6.022 x 1023
Now, there are 6.022 x 1023  molecules present in 28 g of N2 gas.
Hence, number of molecules in 1g of N2 gas  \(\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23}}{28}=2: 15 \times 10^{22}\)

Question 5. Between 2 mol of N2 and 1 mol of NH3, which one has more atoms?
Answer: Number of atoms in one molecule of N2 = 2
Thus, number of atoms in 2 mol of N2 gas = 2 X 6.022 x 1023 X 2 = 24.088 x 1023
Number of atoms is one molecule of NH3 = 4
Thus, the number of atoms in 1 mol of NH3 gas = 4 X 6.022 X 1023= 24.088 x 1023
Hence, both 2 mol of N2 and 1 mol of NH3 contain the same number of atoms.

Question 6. The volume of a gas is 256 cm3 at 30°C temperature and a pressure of 108 cm Hg. What Is the volume of the gas at 0°C temperature and 76 cm Hg pressure?
Answer: Initial pressure of the gas (p1)= 108 cm

Initial temperature (T1) = 30 + 273 = 303 K

Initial volume (V1) = 256 cm3

Final pressure (p2) = pressure of 76 cm Hg

Final temperature (T2) = 0 + 273 = 273 K

Now, suppose the final volume of the gas = V2

so, \(\frac{p_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{p_2 V_2}{T_2}\) or, \(\frac{108 \times 256}{303}=\frac{76 V_2}{273}\) or, V2 = 327.77 cm3

Therefore, final volume of the gas, V2 = 327.77 cm3  

Question 7. The temperature of a gas of a certain mass is 27°C. The gas is heated in such a way that its pressure and volume are doubled. Calculate the final temperature of the gas.
Answer: Initial temperature (T1) of the gas = 27 + 273 = 300 K

If the initial pressure of gas, p1 = p, and initial volume V1 = V, then the final pressure, p2 = 2p and final volume, V2 = 2 V.

Suppose, the final temperature of the gas is T2 Thus by combining Charles’ law and Boyle’s law, we get

\(\frac{p_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{p_2 V_2}{T_2}\)  or, \(\frac{p V}{300}=\frac{2 p \times 2 V}{T_2}\)

Hence, the final temperature of the gas in Celsius scale = (1200- 273)°C = 927°C

Question 8. The volume of a gas at 5TP is 10 L. Calculate the number of moles of the gas
Answer: Pressure of gas (p) = 1 atmosphere

Volume (V) = 10 L

Temperature (T) = 273 K

Universal gas constant (R) = 0.08205 L . atm. mol-1 . K-1

If n is the number of moles of the gas, then we get from ideal gas equation, pV= nRT or, n=pV/RT

or, \(n=\frac{1 \times 10}{0.08205 \times 273}\) = 0.446

An alternative method:
The volume of 1 mol of gas at STP = 22.4 L

Hence, number of moles of the gas,

n = 10/22.4 = 0.446

Question 9. Find the mass of 8.31 L of methane gas at 127°C and 5 atmospheric pressure. Given, molar mass of methane gas = 16 g. mol-1, density of mercury = 13.6 g/cm3
Answer: volume of methane gas (V) = 8.31L = 8.31 × 1000 cm3

Temperature (T) = 127 + 273 = 400K

Pressure (p) = 5 atm = 5 × 76 × 13.6 × 980 Dyn/cm3

Molar mass (M) = 16 g . mol-1

Let us assume that the mass of methane gas = W

From ideal gas equation, \(p V=\frac{W}{M} R T\) or, \(W=\frac{p V M}{R T}\)

or,  \( W=\frac{5 \times 76 \times 13.6 \times 980 \times 8.31 \times 1000 \times 16}{8.31 \times 10^7 \times 400}\) = 20.26g (approx).

Chapter 2 Behaviour Of Gases Miscellaneous Type questions Match The Columns

Question 1. Different Curves are given in column A. Match the curves with their respective natures given in column B.

Column A Column B
pV-p 1.  Straight line passing through the origin
p-V 2. Straight line passing parallel to the pressure axis
V-t 3. Straight line not passing through the origin
V-T 4. Rectangular hyperbola

Answer:
pV-p:  2. Straight    line    passing parallel to the pressure axis

p-V: 4. Rectangular hyperbola

V-t: 1.  Straight    line    passing through the origin

V-T:  3. Straight line not passing through the origin

Column A Column B
Unit of rate of diffusion 1. 105 N . m-2.        
1 pa = ______ 2. erg. mol1 . K-1
Unit of the universal gas constant 3. 10 Dyn. cm-2
1 bar = _______ 4. m3. s-1

Answer:
Unit of rate of diffusion: 4. m3. s-1

1 pa = ______: 3. 10 Dyn. cm-2

Unit of the universal gas constant:  2. erg. mol1 . K-1

1 bar = _______: 1. 105 N . m-2.

WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Physical Science and Environment

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 4 Congruence Exercise 4 Solved Example Problems

Geometry Chapter 4 Congruence Exercise 4 Solved Example Problems

Congruence

We say that the two objects are congruent when they are of the same size and shape.

In our daily life, we come across many objects which are of the same size and shape.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 4 Congruence Exercise 4 Solved Example Problems

For example, fifty paise coins, sheets of paper of a particular exercise book, keys of the same lock, shaving blades of the same brand etc.

These objects are called congruent objects. The relation of two objects being congruent is called congruence.

We shall, however, confine our attention to the congruence relation among plane figures only. In other words, we shall study those Figures which lie in the same plane and which have the same size and shape.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

Congruence of triangles

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 4 Congruence Exercise 4 Congruence Of Triangles

Two triangles are said to be congruent or equal in all respects if all the six parts namely three sides and three angles of one triangle are respectively equal to the corresponding six parts of other triangles.

If two triangles are congruent and we place one of them on the other then they will coincide.

In the two triangles ABC and DEF,

\(\overline{A B} \cong \overline{D E}, \quad \overline{B C} \cong \overline{E F}, \quad \overline{C A} \cong \overline{F D}\)

WBBSE Class 7 Congruence Solutions

∠BAC ≅ ∠EDF, ∠ABC ≅ ∠DEF, ∠BCA ≅ ∠EFD

Hence, the two triangles ABC and DEF are congruent and we write ΔABC ≅ ΔDEF.

Now place triangle ABC on triangle DEF so that \(\overline{B C}\) falls on \(\overline{E F}\) and the points B and C coincide respectively with the points E and F.

Then you will find that point A will coincide with point D and the two triangles will coincide entirely.

WBBSE Class 7 Geography Notes WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Geography WBBSE Class 7 History Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Class 7 Geography Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

 

Corresponding sides and corresponding angles of two congruent triangles

If two triangles are congruent, then the sides opposite to the equal angles are called corresponding sides and the angles opposite to the equal sides are called corresponding angles.

Thus, in the two congruent triangles, ABC and DEF discussed in the previous article the corresponding sides are: AB and DE, BC and EF, and CA and FD.

Also, the corresponding angles are ∠BAC and ∠EDF, ∠ABC and ∠DEF, ∠BCA and ∠EFD.

Conditions of congruence of two triangles

The conditions under which the two triangles become congruent are :

  1. Of the two triangles, if the two sides and their included angle of one, are respectively equal to the two sides and their included angle of the other, then the triangles are congruent. (It is called Side-Angle- Side congruence or SAS congruence.)
  2. Of the two triangles, if the two angles and one side of one, are respectively equal to the two angles and one side of the other, then the triangles are congruent. (It is called Angle-Angle-Side congruence or AAS congruence.)
  3. Of the two triangles, if the three sides of one are respectively equal to the three sides of the other, then the triangles are congruent. (It is called Side-Side-Side congruence or SSS congruence.)
  4. Of two right triangles, if the hypotenuse and one side of the one are respectively equal to the hypotenuse and one side of the other, then the two right triangles are congruent. (It is called Right Angle-Hypotenuse — Side congruence or RHS congruence).

Verification of SAS congruence

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 4 Congruence Exercise 4 Verification Of SAS Congruence

Let us suppose that between two triangles ABC and DEF, AB = DE, AC = DF and the included ∠BAC = ∠EDF.

It is required to verify that ΔABC = ΔDEF.

WBBSE Class 7 Congruence Examples

Cut off the triangle DEF along its border and place it on the triangle ABC such that A D EF coincides with BC.

You will find that D will coincide with A and the triangles DEF and ABC will also coincide.

Hence, it is verified that the two triangles are congruent.

Alternative method

Let ABC be a given triangle. Take a line segment DF congruent to AC. Now construct at the point D an angle ∠FDP congruent to ∠CAB. From DP cut off DE congruent to AB. Join EF.

Now measuring the angles of ΔDEF by a protractor it is found that ∠DEF = ∠ABC and ∠DFE =∠ACB.

Also measuring with a scale it is found that BC = EF.

Now if we set a correspondence between the two triangles ABC and DEF, such that A → D, B → E and C → F then all the six parts of ΔABC are congruent to the corresponding parts of ΔDEF. Hence, the two triangles are congruent.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 4 Congruence Exercise 4 Verification Of SAS Congruence Hence Two Triangles Are Congruent

But according to the construction two sides and their included angle of the triangle DEF were made congruent to the corresponding parts of the triangle ABC.

By actual measurement, the triangles are found to be congruent. Hence, the axiom is verified.

Verification of the AAS congruence

Let us suppose that between two triangles ABC and DEF, ∠ABC = ∠DEF, ∠BCA = ∠EFD and BC = EF.

It is required to verify that ΔABC ≅ ΔDEF.

Cut off the triangle DEF along its border and place it on the triangle ABC such that EF coincides with BC.

You will find that D will coincide with A and the triangles DEF and ABC will also coincide. Hence, it is verified that the two triangles are congruent.

Solved Problems for Class 7 Congruence

Alternative method

Let ABC be a given triangle. Take a line segment EF congruent to BC.

At point, E draw ∠DEF = ∠ABC and at point F draw ∠DFE = ∠ACB.

Now measuring with a protractor it will be found that ∠EDF = ∠BAC.

Also measuring with a scale it will be found that DE = AB and DF = AC.

Now, if we set a correspondence between the two triangles ABC and DEF, such that A → D, B → E and C → F then all the six parts of ΔABC are congruent to the corresponding parts of ΔDEF. Hence the two triangles are congruent.

But according to the construction two angles and one side of ΔDEF were made congruent to the corresponding parts of the ΔABC.

By actual measurement, the triangles are found to be congruent. Hence the axiom is verified.

Verification of SSS congruence

Let us suppose that between two triangles ABC and DEF, AB = DE, BC = EF and AC = DF.

It is required to verify that ΔABC = ΔDEF.

In this case, also we may verify the axiom by the two methods namely

  1. Paper cutting and
  2. Constructing on the basis of given parts has already been discussed in two other cases.

Congruence of circles

If one of the two circles can be made to coincide with the other by translation, rotation, reflection or a combination of them, then the two circles are called congruent circles. It is obvious that the radii of two congruent circles are equal.

Axioms on congruent circles

  1. In incongruent circles (or in the same circle) equal chords cut off equal arcs and they subtend equal angles at the centre.
  2. Incongruent circles (or in the same circle) are those chords which cut off equal arcs or subtend equal angles at the centre at equal.

Verification of the above axioms 

Let us consider two circles having centres O1 and O2. Let the circles be of the same radius r. Hence, the circles are congruent.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 4 Congruence Exercise 4 Axioms On Congruent Circles

Consider the equal chords AB, CD and EF of the circles.

Let AGB, CHD and EIF be the minor arcs cut off by the chords AB, CD and EF respectively.

By measuring the lengths of these minor arcs with threads it is found that these minor arcs are equal in length.

Also, the circumferences of the two circles will be found to be equal by measuring with threads.

Also since the length of a major arc = length of the circumference – length of the corresponding minor arc

It is found that all the major arcs are also of equal length.

Class 7 Maths Exercise 4 Solutions on Congruence

Now join AO1,BO2,CO1,DO1,EO2 and FO2.

By measuring the angles ∠AO1B, ∠CO1D, ∠EO2F it is found that they are equal.

Repeating this process for different pairs of circles and obtaining the same result you may conclude that :

In incongruent circles (or in the same circle) equal chords cut off equal arcs and they subtend equal angles at the centre.

To verify the second axiom i.e., the converse of the first take two congruent circles with centres O1 and O2 and construct at the centres the angles ∠AO1B, ∠CO1D and ∠EO2F of equal measure.

You may verify by a thread that the arcs AGB, CHD and EIF are equal in length and also measured by a scale you will find that the chords AB, CD and EF are equal in length.

Some examples

Example 1. Explain with reasons whether the following triangles are congruent or not.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 4 Congruence Exercise 4 Example 1

Solution: Of the two triangles ΔABC and ΔDEF, we have AB = DF = 5 cm, BC = DE = 6 cm and AC = EF = 7 cm.

∴ ΔABC is congruent to ΔDEF as per SSS congruence condition.

Example 2. It is given that ΔABC: AB = 17 cm, BC = 15 cm, AC = 18 cm ΔPQR: PQ = 18 cm, QR = 17 cm, PR= 15 cm Verify if the two triangles are congruent. If they are congruent, write which angles are the same among the two triangles.

Solution:

Given:

It is given that ΔABC: AB = 17 cm, BC = 15 cm, AC = 18 cm ΔPQR: PQ = 18 cm, QR = 17 cm, PR= 15 cm Verify if the two triangles are congruent.

Among the two triangles,

BC = PR = 15 cm, AB=QR= 17 cm and AC=PQ=18 cm.

The triangles are congruent as per the SSS congruence condition.

According to the condition of congruency, the opposite angles of equal sides shall be equal to each other among the two triangles.

Hence, ∠A = ∠Q, ∠C = ∠P and ∠B = ∠R.

∠A = ∠Q, ∠C = ∠P and ∠B = ∠R angles are the same among the two triangles

Step-by-Step Solutions for Class 7 Congruence Problems

Example 3. Justify with reasons whether the two triangles are congruent or not.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 4 Congruence Exercise 4 Example 3

Solution: Between the two triangles, ∠B = ∠F = 60°

∠C = ∠D = 45°

But BC ≠ FD

∴ The two triangles are not congruent.

Example 4. In given AB∥DC and AB=DC. Explain with reasons whether the triangles ΔACD and ΔCAB are congruent or not. Name the angle which is equal to ∠CAD.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 4 Congruence Exercise 4 Example 4

Solution:

Given:

In the given image AB∥DC and AB=DC.

Since ABIICD and AB=DC, hence quadrilateral ABCD is a parallelogram.

Among the two triangles ΔACD and ΔCAB, AB=DC (Given)

AC is the common side.

∠BAC = ∠ACD (ABIICDC, AC is the transversal, alternate internal angles are equal).

∴ The triangles are congruent as per the SAS congruence condition.

According to the condition of congruency, the respective opposite angles of CD and AB shall be equal to each other.

∠CAD = ∠ACB.

Class 7 Maths Exercise 4 Solved Examples

Example 5. Justify whether the given triangles are congruent or not.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 4 Congruence Exercise 4 Example 5

Solution: The given triangles are right triangles each of which has PR, the opposite side of the right angle, as the hypotenuse.

Between the two triangles ΔPQR and ΔPSR, QR = SR = 4 cm

PR is the common hypotenuse

∠Q = ∠S = 90°.

ΔPQR and ΔPSR are congruent as per RHS congruence condition.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Solved Example Problems

Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Solved Example Problems

Introduction

In the natural world around us we come across various shapes and objects in our daily life. Some of them are symmetrical and some of them are not so.

Imagine a straight line on a two-dimensional shape or object and if the portions of the shape or object on both sides of that straight line become identical then the shape or object is called symmetrical.

For example, if you imagine a vertical straight line just through the middle of the blackboard of your classroom, you will find that the parts of the blackboard on the left-hand and the right-hand side of that straight line are identical.

Hence, the blackboard is a symmetrical object.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

Again, take a piece of coal of irregular shape in your hand. No straight line or plane can be imagined through it so that the portions on both sides of this straight line or plane are identical.

Hence, a piece of coal of irregular shape is not a symmetrical object.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Solved Example Problems

Different types of symmetry

Symmetry are mainly of two types.

  1. Linear symmetry and
  2. Rotational symmetry.

Linear symmetry

If an image is cut into two identical parts by a straight line then it is said that the image is symmetrical with respect to that straight line and the straight line is called the line of symmetry or axis of symmetry.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Linear Symmetry

If these are folded along the dotted lines (line of symmetry) then the portions on the left-hand side of the dotted lines would coincide or match exactly on the portions on the right-hand side of it.

Hence, they are parted or divided into two identical portions with respect to the dotted lines.

To examine whether a figure has linear symmetry or not we have to fold it along the line of symmetry and we have to observe whether the two parts of the figure coincide or not.

A geometric may or may not have a line of symmetry. Also, a geometrical image may have more than one line of symmetry.

WBBSE Class 7 Symmetry Solutions

Linear symmetry geometrical images

1. A scalene triangle has no line of symmetry (or axis of symmetry).

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 A Scalene Triangle Has No Line Of Symmetry

ΔABC is a scalene triangle. This triangle has no line of symmetry.

WBBSE Class 7 Geography Notes WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Geography WBBSE Class 7 History Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Class 7 Geography Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

 

2. An isosceles triangle has one line of symmetry. This line of symmetry is the perpendicular bisector of the base.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 A Isosceles Triangle Has One Line Of Symmetry Is Perpendicular Bisector Of The Base

ΔABC is an isosceles triangle of which AD is the perpendicular bisector of the base BC.

AD has divided the triangle ABC into two congruent triangles ΔABD and ΔACD. Hence, the line of symmetry of the triangle ABC is the straight line AD.

3. An equilateral triangle has three lines of symmetry. The perpendicular bisectors of each side are its three lines of symmetry.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Equilateral Triangle Has Three Lines Of Symmetry

ΔABC is an equilateral triangle. Each of the three perpendicular bisectors of BC, CA and AB namely AD, BE and CF is a line of symmetry.

4. A non-isosceles trapezium has no line of symmetry.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 A Non-Isosceles Has No Line Of Symmetry

ABCD is a non-isosceles trapezium. That means its sides AD and BC are unequal. This trapezium has no line of symmetry

WBBSE Class 7 Symmetry Examples

5. An isosceles trapezium has one line of symmetry. This line of symmetry is the line, joining the mid-points of the two parallel sides.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 ABCD Is An Isosceles Trapezium

ABCD is an isosceles trapezium of which the lengths of the sides AD and BC are equal.

Now, E and F are the mid-points of the parallel sides AB and DC. The straight line EF is the line of symmetry of the trapezium ABCD.

Step-by-Step Solutions for Class 7 Symmetry Problems

6. A parallelogram has no line of symmetry.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 A Parallelogram Has No Line Of Symmetry

ABCD is a parallelogram. The parallelogram has no line of symmetry.

7. A rectangle has two lines of symmetry

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 A Rectangle Has Two Lines Of Symmetry

ABCD is a rectangle. It has two lines of symmetry. One is the line joining the mid-points of AB and DC.

Solved Problems for Class 7 Symmetry

8. A square has four line of symmetry

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 A Square Has Four Lines Of Symmetry

ABCD is a square. It has four lines of symmetry.

  1. The line joining the midpoints of AB and DC
  2. The line joins the midpoints of AD and BC.
  3. The straight line along the diagonal AC.
  4. The straight line along the diagonal BD.

9. A rhombus has two lines of symmetry 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 A Rhombus Has Two Lines Of Symmetry

ABCD is a rhombus. Its two lines of symmetry are the two straight lines along the diagonals AC and BD.

10. A kite has one line of symmetry 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 A Kite Has One Line Of Symmetry

ABCD is a kite. Its one line of symmetry is the straight line along the diagonal AC.

11. An arrowhead has one line of symmetry

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 A Arrow Head Has Onle Line Of Symmetry

ABCD is an arrowhead. Its one line of symmetry is the straight line along AC.

12. A line segment has two lines of symmetry.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 A Line Segment Has Two Lines Of Symmetry

AB is a line segment. It has two lines of symmetry. One is the perpendicular bisector of AB and the other is the straight line along AB.

13. An angle with equal arms has one line of symmetry.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 An Angle With Equal Arms Has One line Of Symmetry

∠ABC is an angle with equal arms such that AB = AC. Its one line of symmetry is the internal bisector of ∠ABC.

Linear symmetry of some regular polygons

Class 7 Maths Exercise 3 Solutions on Symmetry

We have seen earlier that, an equilateral triangle has three lines of symmetry and a square has four lines of symmetry.

Now, we shall show that a regular pentagon has 5 lines of symmetry, a regular hexagon has 6 lines of symmetry and a regular heptagon has 7 lines of symmetry.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Linear Symmetry Of Some Regular Polygons

Linear symmetry of a circle

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Linear Symmetry Of A Circle

A circle has an infinite number of lines of symmetry.

Any straight line along any diameter of a circle is its line of symmetry.

Since a circle has an infinite number of diameters therefore it has an infinite number of lines of symmetry.

Linear symmetry of the letters of the English alphabet

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Linear Symmetry Of The Letters Of The English Alphabet

Some letters from A to Z of the English alphabet have no axis of symmetry, some have one axis of symmetry and some have two axes of symmetry.

The axes of symmetry are marked with dotted lines.

Reflection in the plane mirror and symmetry

West Bengal Board Class 7 Geometry Assistance

When reflection takes place in a plane mirror then the image formed in the plane mirror has some characteristics. For example :

  1. Size of object = size of the image.
  2. Distance of object from the mirror = Distance of image from the mirror.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Reflection In The Plane Mirror And Symmetry

We can understand these two things easily. Because, when we stand in front of a mirror we Find our image identical with ourselves. If we proceed towards the mirror then the image also proceeds towards the mirror.

Hence, it is found that the concept of symmetry is associated with the reflection by the plane mirror.

But if you watch carefully you will find in the mirror shows your right hand as the left hand and the left hand as the right hand. This phenomenon is called lateral inversion.

That means the phenomenon of inversion of the image of an object by the plane mirror is called lateral inversion.

In this case, it should be noticed that symmetric objects do not undergo any lateral inversion. Then the formed by a mirror of some letters is shown below.

Also, from the phenomenon of reflection by a plane mirror, it can be said that, the axis of symmetry of the symmetrical image is such a line of reflection that, when the image is reflected with respect to that line it remains unaltered in the same position. The original image and its image coincide.

The image of the right-hand side of the letter ‘A’ coincides with the left-hand side of the letter ‘A’.

Hence, the reflecting line l is the axis of symmetry of the letter A.

WBBSE Class 7 Chapter 3 Symmetry Guide

The symmetry of rotation (or rotational symmetry)

Suppose, a body changes its position while moving in a circular path, about a fixed point and along a plane.

Now, if the angle between the two straight lines, obtained by joining the initial and terminal positions of any point on the body, with the centre remains unchanged throughout, then the motion of the body is called rotation.

It can be said in easy language that —

If each point of a moving body rotates through equal angle then its motion is called rotation.

The fixed point about which an object rotates is called the centre of rotation. As a result of rotation, an object does not change its shape.

When due to the rotation of a geometrical figure about a fixed point within it, the image, coincides with itself time and again then we say that, the image, has the symmetry of rotation.

The point about which there is rotational symmetry is called the centre of symmetry of rotation.

The measure of a minimum number of degrees through which angle, when a geometrical image, is rotated to make it coincide with itself, is called the angle of symmetry of rotation of that figure.

The number, through which a geometrical image, coincides with its initial position when it makes a complete rotation, which means it rotates through an angle 360°, is called the order of rotation.

Understanding Symmetry for Class 7 Students

Therefore, if an image which is symmetrical with respect to the rotation has a symmetry of rotation of order n then the measure of the angle symmetry of rotation of that image is 360°/n

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Symmetry Of Rotation

If the side is rotated through 90° about the centre of symmetry of rotation the image comes back to its initial position.

The order of the symmetry of rotation of this image is 4.

Also, the measure of its angle of symmetry of rotation is 360°/4 = 90°. 4

The symmetry of rotation of some geometrical images

1. A scalene triangle and an isosceles triangle have no symmetry of rotation.

2. An equilateral triangle has the symmetry of rotation. An equilateral triangle has three axes of symmetry. Their point of intersection is the centre of symmetry of rotation.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 An Equilateral Traiangle Has Symmetry Of Rotation

The centre O of the symmetry of rotation of the equilateral triangle ABC is the point of intersection of the three axes of

Its order of symmetry of rotation is 3 and the angle of symmetry of rotation is 120°.

3. A trapezium has no symmetry of rotation.

4. A parallelogram has the symmetry of rotation.

ABCD is a parallelogram. If the parallelogram is rotated through 180° about the point of intersection O of the diagonals the parallelogram it will coincide with itself.

Therefore, in the case of a parallelogram, the centre of symmetry of rotation is the point of intersection of its diagonals. The angle of symmetry of rotation is 180°. The order of symmetry of rotation is 2.

5. A rectangle has the symmetry of rotation.

In the image, below ABCD is a rectangle. If the rectangle is rotated through 180° with respect to the point of intersection O of the diagonals then the rectangle will coincide with itself.

Therefore, in the case of a rectangle, the centre of symmetry of rotation is the point of intersection of its diagonals.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3A Rectangle Has Symmetry Of Rotation

The angle of symmetry of rotation is 180°. The order of symmetry of rotation is 2.

6. A square has the symmetry of rotation.

The next page ABCD is a square. If the square is rotated through 90° about the point of intersection of the diagonals then the square will coincide with itself.

Therefore, in case of a square, the centre of symmetry of rotation is the point O of the intersection of the diagonals.

The angle of symmetry of rotation is 90°. The order of symmetry of rotation is 4.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Square The Center Of symmetry Of Rotation

7. A rhombus has the symmetry of rotation.

Below ABCD is a rhombus. If the rhombus is rotated through 180° about the point of intersection of the diagonals then the rhombus will coincide with itself.

Class 7 Maths Exercise 3 Solved Examples

Hence, in case of a rhombus the centre of symmetry of rotation is the point of intersection of the two diagonals. The angle of symmetry of rotation is 180°.

The order of symmetry of rotation is 2.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 A Rhombus Has Symmetry Of Rotation

8. A kite has no symmetry of rotation.

9. An arrow head has no symmetry of rotation.

10. A given line segment has the symmetry of rotation with respect to its mid-point. The angle of symmetry of rotation is 180°.

The order of symmetry of rotation is 2.

The symmetry of rotation of some regular polygons

  1. The centre of symmetry of rotation of a regular pentagon is the point of intersection of the five axes of symmetry. Its angle of symmetry of rotation is 72° and the order of symmetry of rotation is 5.
  2. The centre of symmetry of rotation of a regular hexagon is the point of intersection of the six axes of symmetry. Its angle of symmetry of rotation is 60° and the order of symmetry of rotation is 6.
  3. Similarly, the centres of symmetry of rotation of different regular polygons are the point of intersection of their axes of symmetry. The angle of symmetry of rotation = (360° + number of sides). The order of symmetry of rotation = a number of sides.

Point symmetry

It is said to have symmetry with respect to a point if the image, remains unaltered when it is rotated in that plane through 180° about the point.

That point is called the point of symmetry or centre of symmetry.

Since in this case there is a rotation of 180° therefore such type of symmetry is also called half-turn symmetry.

The following letters have point symmetry about the point marked by a dot.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 3 Symmetry Exercise 3 Point Symmetry

 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Solved Example Problems

Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Solved Example Problems

Introduction

In class 6 you have studied the uses of different instruments found in the geometrical box. A very important topic in geometry is to construct different geometric figures accurately with the help of those instruments.

In this chapter, our aim is to construct various geometric figures mainly with the help of a scale, protractor, pair of dividers and pair of pencil compasses. While constructing those geometrical figures you should keep in mind two important aspects.

Firstly the end of your pencil must be very sharp and the use of an eraser should be minimised. If you can draw accurate geometrical figures at this early stage then it will help you a lot in the higher classes where more complicated figures will be required to construct.

To draw a 60° angle without the help of a protractor

Without the help of a protractor, an angle is to be drawn whose measure is 60°.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Draw A 60 Degree Angle Without The Help Of A Protarctor

 

Construction: Take any straight line AB.

With A as centre and any radius draw an arc which intersects AB at C.

Again with C as centre and same radius draw another arc which intersects the former arc at D. AD is joined.

Then ∠DAB is the required angle whose measure is 60°.

To draw a 90° and a 120° angle without the help of protractor.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Solved Example Problems

 

Without the help of protractor two angles are to be drawn whose measures are 90° and 120°.

Construction: Take any straight line AB. With A as centre and any radius draw an arc which intersects AB at X.

With X as centre and any radius draw an arc which intersects AB at X. With X as center and same radius draw another arc which intersects the former arc at C.

Again with C as centre and same radius draw another arc which intersects the former arc at D.

Now, with C and D as centres and same radius draw two arcs which intersect each other at the point E. Join AD and AE.

Then  ∠EAB = 90° and ∠DAB = 120° are the two required angles.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Draw A 90 And 120 Degrees Angle Without The Help Of A Protarctor

To construct an angle equal to a given angle

Let ∠ABC be a given angle.

It is required to construct an angle equal to ∠ABC.

Construction: Take any straight-line EF in the plane of the ∠ABC. With the vertex B of ∠ABC as centre and any radius draw an arc which intersects AB and BC at M and N respectively.

WBBSE Class 7 Geography Notes WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Geography WBBSE Class 7 History Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Class 7 Geography Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

 

Now with E as centre and with the same radius as before draw an arc which intersects EF at Q. Now with Q as centre and radius equal to NM draw an arc which intersects the former arc at P. Join EP and produce it upto D.

Thus, ∠DEF is equal to ∠ABC.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Construct An Angle

Verification: If you measure the angles ABC and DEF with protractor you will find that they are of equal measure.

Construction of triangles

You have learnt earlier that a triangle has six parts, namely three sides and three angles.

A definite triangle can be constructed if three mutually independent parts are known. In fact, we can construct a triangle in the following cases:

  1. When the three sides of a triangle are known.
  2. When the two sides and the included angle of the triangle are known.
  3. When the two sides and the angle opposite to one of them are known.
  4. When one side and the angles adjacent to it are known.
  5. When the hypotenuse and one side of a right-angled triangle are known.

To construct a triangle when the lengths of its three sides are given

Let a, b, and c be the lengths of the three sides of a triangle.

It is required to construct the triangle.

Construction: Draw any straight-line BD. Now from BD cut off BC equal to the length of the given side a.

WBBSE Class 7 Geometry Construction Examples

Now with B as the centre and radius equal to the length of the side c draws arc of a circle.

Again with C as the centre and radius equal to the length of the side b draw another arc of a circle on the same side of BD to cut the previous arc at A. Join BA and CA.

Thus, ΔABC is the required triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Construct A Triangle When The Lengths of Its Three Sides

Verification: You may measure the lengths of the sides BC, CA and AB of the triangle ABC by a scale.

You will find that BC = a, CA = b and AB = c.

Thus, AABC is the required triangle whose three sides are equal to a, b and c respectively.

To construct a triangle when the lengths of its two sides and their included angle are given

Let a and c be the lengths of the two sides of a triangle and their included angle be ∠B. It is required to construct the triangle.

Construction: Draw any straight line BD.

Now from BD cut off BC equal to the length of the given side a.

Now at the point B on BC draw an angle ∠CBE equal to the given angle B.

From BE cut off BA equal to the length of the given side c.

Join AC. Thus, ΔABC is the required triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Construct A Triangle When The Lengths of Its Two Sides

Verification: Measuring the sides BC and BA with a scale and the angle ∠ABC with a protractor you will find that BC = a, BA = c and ∠ABC is equal to ∠B.

Thus, ΔABC is the required triangle whose two sides are a and c and their included angle is ∠B.

Step-by-Step Solutions for Class 7 Geometry Problems

To construct a triangle when the lengths of its two sides and the angle opposite to one of them are given

Let b and c be the lengths of the two sides of a triangle and the angle opposite to the side b be ∠B.

It is required to construct the triangle.

Construction: Draw any straight-line BD. Now at the point B of the straight line BD construct an angle ∠DBE equal to the given angle B.

Now from BE, cut off BA equal to the length of the given side c.

With A as centre and radius equal to the length of the given side b construct an arc of a circle.

Let this arc intersect BD at C1 and C2. Join AC1 and AC2

Then both ΔABC1 and ΔABC2 are the required triangles.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Construct An Angle ABC1

Verification: In the triangle ABC1 if you measure the sides AB and AC1 with a scale and the angle ∠ABC1 with a protractor you will find that AB = c, AC1 = b and ∠ABC1 is equal to ∠B.

Similarly, in the triangle ABC2, AB = c, AC2 = b and ∠ABC2 is equal to ∠B.

To construct a triangle when the length of its one side and the angles adjacent to it are given

Let a be the length of one side of a triangle and ∠B and ∠C be the angles adjacent to side a.

It is required to construct the triangle.

Solved Problems for Class 7 Miscellaneous Constructions

Construction: Draw any straight line BD. Now from BD cut off BC equal to the length of the side a.

Now at the point B on BC draw an angle ∠CBE equal to the given angle B.

Also at the point C on BC draw an angle ∠BCF equal to the given angle C.

Let BE and CF intersect each other at A. Thus, ΔABC is the required triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Construct aTriangle And Angle B And C Adjacent

Verification: Measuring the side BC with a scale and the angles ∠ABC and ∠ACB with protractor you will find that BC = a, ∠ABC and ∠ACB are equal to the angles B and C respectively.

To construct a right-angled triangle when the lengths of its hypotenuse and one side are given

Let the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle be b and a be the length of its another side.

It is required to construct the triangle.

Construction: Draw any straight-line BD. Now from BD cut off BC equal to the length of the side a.

Draw a perpendicular BE on BC at B. With C as the centre and radius equal to the length of the hypotenuse b draw an arc of a circle to intersect BE at A. Join AC.

Thus, ΔABC is the required triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Right Angled Triangle Length Of Hypotenuse One Side

Verification: Measuring the sides BC and AC with a scale and the angle ∠ABC with a protractor you will find that, BC = a, AC = b and ∠ABC = 90°.

To construct a right-angled triangle when the length of its hypotenuse and an acute angle is given

Let the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle be b and an acute angle be a.

It is required to construct the triangle.

Class 7 Maths Exercise 2 Solutions on Constructions

Construction: Draw any straight line BD. Now from BD cut off BC equal to the length of the side b. At the point B draw ∠CBY equal to the angle a. Now from the point C draw the perpendicular CN on BY.

Thus, ΔBCN is the required triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Right Angled Triangle Length Of Its Hypotenuse And Acute Angle

Verification: Measuring the length of the side BC it is found that BC = b and measuring ∠NBC and ∠BNC with protractor it is found that ∠NBC = α and ∠BNC = 90°

Construction of quadrilaterals

You have learnt earlier that a quadrilateral has four sides. A definite quadrilateral can be constructed if five mutually independent parts are known.

In fact, we can construct a quadrilateral in the following cases:

  1. When the four sides and one angle of the quadrilateral are known.
  2. When the three sides and two included angle between them are known.
  3. When the four sides and one diagonal of a quadrilateral are known.

Besides the above possibilities we can also construct some quadrilaterals under given conditions, such as:

  1. When the two adjacent sides and their included angle of a parallelogram are given.
  2. When the length of the side of a square is known.
  3. When the length of the side of a rhombus and the measure of its one angle are given.

To construct a quadrilateral when the lengths of its four sides and the measure of an angle are given

Let a, b, c, d be the lengths of the four sides of a quadrilateral, and ∠X be the included angle between the sides of lengths a and b.

It is required to construct the quadrilateral.

Construction: Draw any straight line AP. From AP cut off AB equal to the length of the diagonal l.

With centers A and C and radii equal to the lengths of the sideas a and b respectively draw two arcs of circles on the same side of AC.

Let these arcs intersects at B.

Again with centred A and C and radii  equal to the given angle X.

From AQ cut off AD equal to the length of the side b. Now with centres D and B construct two arcs of the circles of radii c and d respectively.

Let these two arcs intersect each other at C. Join DC and BC.

West Bengal Board Class 7 Geometry Assistance

Thus, ABCD is the required quadrilateral.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Quadrialateral Length Of Its Four Sides And Measure Of An Angle

Verification: You may easily verify with scale and protractor that in the quadrilateral ABCD, AB = a, AD = b, DC = c, BC = d and ∠DAB = ∠X.

To construct a quadrilateral when the lengths of its three sides and the measures of two included angles between them are given

Let a, b, c be the lengths of the three sides of a quadrilateral and ∠X be the included angle between a and b, and ∠Y be the included angle between a and c.

It is required to construct the quadrilateral.

Construction: Draw any straight line AP. From AP, cut off AB equal to the length of the side a.

Now at the points A and B of the straight line AB draw angles ∠BAQ and ∠ABR equal to the angles X and Y respectively.

Now from AQ cut off AD equal to the length of the side b and from BR cut off BC equal to the length of the side c. Join DC.

Thus, ABCD is the required quadrilateral.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Quadrilateral Length Of Its Three Sides

Verification: You may easily verify with scale and protractor that in the quadrilateral ABCD, AB = a, AD = b, BC = c, ∠DAB = ∠X and ∠CBA = ∠Y.

To construct a quadrilateral when the lengths of its four sides and one diagonal are given

Let, a, b, c, d be the lengths of the four sides of a quadrilateral and l be the length of its diagonal.

It is required to construct the quadrilateral.

Understanding Miscellaneous Constructions for Class 7

Construction: Draw any straight line AP.

From AP cut off AC equal to the length of the diagonal l. With centres A and C and radii equal to the lengths of the sides a and b respectively draw two arcs of circles on the same side of AC.

Let these arcs intersect at B. Again with centres A and C and radii equal to the lengths of the sides c and d respectively draw two arcs of circles on the other side of AC.

Let these arcs intersect at D. Join AB, BC, AD and CD. Thus, ABCD is the required quadrilateral.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Quadrialateral Length Of Its Four Sides And One Diagonal

Verification: You may easily verify with a scale that in the quadrilateral ABCD, AB = a, BC = b, AD = c, CD = d and AC = l.

To construct a parallelogram when the lengths of its two adjacent sides and their included angle are given

Let a and b be the two adjacent sides and ZX be their included angle in a parallelogram. It is required to construct the parallelogram.

Construction: Draw any straight line AP. From AP cut off AB equal to the length of the side a. At the point A on AB draw an angle ∠BAQ equal to the given angle X.

From AQ, cut off AD equal to the length of the given side b.

Now with D and B as centres and radius equal to a and b respectively draw two arcs of circles intersecting each other at C. Joint BC and CD.

Thus, ABCD is the required parallelogram.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Parallelogram Length Of Its Two Adjacent Sides

Verification: You can easily verify with scale and protractor that in the parallelogram ABCD, AB = a, AD = b, ∠BAD = X.

To construct a rectangle whose two adjacent sides are given

Let the length of the two adjacent sides of a rectangle be a and b.

It is required to construct the rectangle.

Construction: Draw any straight line AP. From AP cut off AB equal to the given side a. Now at the point A of the straight line AB construct a perpendicular AQ.

From AQ cut off AD equal to the side b.

Now draw two arcs with centres D and B and radius equal to a and b respectively which intersect each other at point C. Join BC and DC.

Thus, ABCD is the required rectangle

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Construct A Rectangle Whose Two Adjacent Sides

Verification: It can be verified easily by a scale that, for the rectangle, ABCD, AB = DC = a and AD = BC = b.

To construct a square the length of whose side is given

Let the length of the side of a square be a. It is required to construct the square.

Construction: Draw any straight line AP. From AP cut off AB equal to the given side a.

Now at the point A of the straight line AB constructs a perpendicular AQ. It is required to construct the rectangle.

WBBSE Class 7 Chapter 2 Construction Guide

Construction: Draw any straight line AP. From AP cut off AB equal to the given side a.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Construct A Square

Now at the point A of the straight line AB construct a perpendicular AQ.

From AQ cut off AD equal to the side b.

Now draw two arcs with centres D and B and radius equal to a and b respectively which intersect each other at the point C. Join BC and DC.

Thus, ABCD is the required rectangle.

AQ cut off AD equal to the given side a.

Now with D and B as centres and radius equal to a construct two arcs of circles intersecting at C. Join BC and DC.

Thus, ABCD is the required square.

Verification: It can be verified easily by a scale that the length of each side of the square ABCD is a.

To construct a rhombus when the length of its side and the measure of one angle are given

Let the length of each side of a rhombus be a and the measure of its one angle be X.

It is required to construct the rhombus.

Construction: Draw any straight line AP. From AP cut off AB equal to the given side a.

Now at the point Aof the straight line AB construct an angle ∠BAQ equal to the given angle X.

From AQ cut off AD equal to the given side a. Now with D and B as centres and radius equal to a construct two arcs of circles intersecting at C. Join BC and DC.

Thus, ABCD is the required rhombus.

Class 7 Maths Exercise 2 Solved Examples

Verification: It can be verified easily with a scale and a protractor that the length of each side of the rhombus ABCD is a and the measure of the angle ∠BAD is equal to X.

 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 2 Miscellaneous Constructions Exercise 2 Construct A Rhombus When length Of Its Side

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Solved Example Problems

Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Solved Example Problems

Angle Triangle and Quadrilateral Introduction

In order to verify different axioms in geometry and to construct various geometrical figures, the knowledge of angles, triangles, and quadrilaterals is essential.

So, in this chapter, our aim is to discuss different types of angles, triangles, and quadrilaterals. The discussions of this chapter will help the students a lot in the future.

Wbbse Class 7 Maths Solutions

Angle

When two line segments meet at a point, an angle is formed. Those two line segments are called the arms of that angle and the point is called the vertex of the angle.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Angle

The line segments AB and AC have met at a point A and the angle ∠BAC is formed.

AB and AC are the two arms of the angle and A is the vertex.

If we assume a point D on AS and another point E on AC then ∠DAE and ∠BAC will be of the same measure.

Adjacent angles

If two angles have the same vertex and one common arm and if the two angles are on opposite sides of the common arm then the two angles are called adjacent angles.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Adjacent Angle

∠POQ and ∠QOR are adjacent angles because the vertex of both the angles is O and their common arm is OQ and the two angles are on opposite sides of this common arm.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Solved Example Problems

Perpendicular and Right angle

If a straight line stands on another straight line in such a way.that, two adjacent angles are equal then one of the straight lines is called a perpendicular to the other. Each of the two adjacent angles is called a right angle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Perpendicular And Right Angle

The straight line OC is perpendicular on AB.

Both ∠AOC and ∠BOC are right angles.

1 right angle = 90°.

Here point 0 is the foot of the perpendicular drawn from C on AB.

WBBSE Class 7 Geography Notes WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Geography WBBSE Class 7 History Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Class 7 Geography Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

 

Straight angle

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Straight Angle

A straight line AB is drawn on a paper. If point C is taken on the straight line AB  then ∠ACB will be a straight angle. 1 straight angle = 180° = 2 right angles.

Wbbse Class 7 Maths Solutions

Acute angle, Obtuse angle, and Reflex angle

Acute angle: An angle that is less than a right angle is called an acute angle.

For example, 30°, 44°, 70°, etc., are acute angles. Since in the figure, 0°<x<90o, hence ∠ABC = ∠x is an acute angle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Acute Angle

Obtuse angle: An angle that is greater than one right angle but less than two right angles is called an obtuse angle.

For example, 95°, 110°, 145°, etc., are obtuse angles. Since in the figure 90°<y<180°, hence ∠DEF = ∠y is an obtuse angle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Obtuse Angle

Reflex angle: An angle which is greater than two right angles but less than four right angles is called a reflex angle.

For example 190°, 210°, 300°, etc., are reflex angles. Since in the figures, 180°<z<360°, hence ∠AOB =∠Z is reflex angle in both the images.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Reflex Angle

Complementary angle and Supplementary angle

Complementary angle: If the sum of two angles is equal to 90° or one right angle then each angle is called the complementary angle to the other angle.

In the image, ∠BOC is the complementary angle to ∠AOC. In this case, x + y = 90°

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Complementary Angle

Example: 20° is complementary to 70° as (90°-20°) = 70°.

Supplementary angle: If the sum of two angles is equal to 180° or two right angles then each angle is called the supplementary angle to the other angle. In the image, ∠BOC is the supplementary angle to ∠AOC. In the case, x + y = 180°.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Supplementary Angle

Example: 100° is supplementary to 80° as (180°-100°) = 80°.

Wbbse Class 7 Maths Solutions

Vertically opposite angles

If two straight lines intersect each other, two pairs of angles are formed on the opposite sides of the intersecting point.

Then any angle of a pair of angles is called vertically opposite angle of the other.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Vertically Opposite Angle

The straight lines AB and CD intersect at the point O. ∠BOD is the vertically opposite angle of ∠AOC and ∠AOD is the vertically opposite angle of ∠BOC.

The vertically opposite angles are always of the same measure.

∴ ∠AOC = ∠BOD and ∠BOC = ∠AOD.

Transversal, Exterior angles, Interior angles, Interior opposite angles, Alternate angles, Corresponding angles

If a straight line cuts two other straight lines, the former straight line is called the transversal of those two straight lines.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Interior Angle

In the image, the straight line EF cuts the two straight lines AB and CD.

Therefore, the straight line EF is the transversal of the straight lines AB and CD.

When a straight line cuts two other straight lines then eight angles are formed. Among them four angles are in the inside region of the two straight lines. These four angles are called interior angles and the other four angles are called exterior angles.

WBBSE Class 7 Angle Solutions

In the image, the interior angles are ∠AGH, ∠GHC, ∠GHD, and ∠HGB (or ∠3, ∠6, ∠5, and ∠4). The exterior angles are ∠EGA, ∠EGB, ∠CHF, and ∠FHD (or ∠2, ∠1, ∠7, and ∠8).

The further off interior angle, in respect of an exterior angle is called interior opposite angle.

For example, ∠GHD (or ∠5) is the interior opposite angle in respect of ∠EGB (or ∠1).

The interior angle adjacent to one exterior angle and the interior angle adjacent to further off interior angle in respect of the same exterior angle are called alternate angles to each other.

In the image, ∠GHD{or ∠5) is the alternate angle of ∠AGH (or∠3), ∠GHC (or∠6) is the alternate angle of ∠BGH (or ∠4).

An exterior angle and an interior opposite angle on the same side of the transversal are called corresponding angles.

In the images, the pair of angles [∠EGB (or ∠1), ∠GHD(or ∠5)], [∠EGA(or ∠2), ∠GHC(or ∠6), [∠AGH(or ∠3), ∠CHF(or ∠7)] and [∠BGH (or∠4), ∠DHF(or ∠8)] are corresponding angles.

Interior angles on the same side of the transversal

Obviously, ∠BGH and ∠GHD (i.e., ∠4 and ∠5) and also ∠AGH and ∠GHC (i.e., ∠3 and ∠6) are the interior angles on the same side of the transversal.

Parallel Lines and Transversal

Two lines in the same plane are said to be parallel lines if the perpendicular distance between them is the same at every intermediate pair of points when produced indefinitely in either direction.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Parallel Lines

The adjacent imges shows that AB and CD are two parallel lines.

The perpendicular distance between them at every intermediate pair of points (two perpendicular distances PQ and XY are shown in the image) is same.

If the two parallel lines are extended indefinitely in both directions, then also it would be found that the perpendicular distance between them remains same.

A pair of railway tracks is the most common example of parallel lines.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Parallel To each Other

A pair of parallel straight lines (AB and CD) and their transversal EF are shown in the adjacent image.

Since the two straight lines AB and CD are parallel to each other, it can be proved that:

  1. Pair of corresponding angles are equal to each other. Therefore, in this case, ∠1 = ∠5, ∠2 =∠6, ∠3 = ∠7 and ∠4 = ∠8.
  2. Alternate angles are equal to each other. Therefore, in this case, ∠3 = ∠5 and ∠4 = ∠6.

Taking into account both (1) and (2) we can say that, ∠1 = ∠3 = ∠5 = ∠7 and ∠2 =∠4 = ∠6 = ∠8.

3. The sum of the interior angles on the same side of the transversal is 180° or two right angles.

∴ In this case, ∠3 +∠6 = 180° and ∠4 + ∠5 = 180°.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Perpendicular Transversal

If a transversal crosses the parallel straight lines at right angles, it is called a perpendicular transversal.

In the adjacent image shown, XY is the perpendicular transversal to the pair of parallel lines AJB and CD.

It is clear from the imagethat, ∠3 + ∠6 = 180° (or 2 right angles) and ∠4 + ∠5 = 180° (or 2 right angles).

WBBSE Class 7 Geometry Exercise 1 Examples

Some examples

Example 1. What is the sum of the angles at a point?

Solution:

Sum of the angles at a point:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Sum Of The Angles At A Point

An angle is measured with reference to a circle with its centre at the common endpoint of the rays. Hence, the sum of angles at a point is always 360°. It is called a full angle (see image).

Example 2. What are the values of smallest and largest geometric angles?

Solution: Smallest value = 0°, largest value = 360° (full angle or four right angles).

Example 3. Identify the acute, obtuse and reflex angles among the following: 45°, 72°, 187°, 210°, 175°, 300°, 15°, 120°, 140°

Solution:

Acute angles: 15°, 45°, 72°

Obtuse angles: 120°, 140°, 175°.

Reflex angles: 187°, 210°, 300°.

Example4. 

  1. What are the values of complementary and supplementary angles to an angle θ?
  2. What are the values of complementary and supplementary angles to 0°?
  3. Which angle is equal to its complementary angle?
  4. Which angle is equal to its supplementary angle?

Solved Problems for Class 7 Angles and Triangles

Solution:

  1. The complementary and supplementary angles to θ are (90°-θ) and (180°-θ) respectively.
  2. Complementary angle to 0°= 90° – 0° = 90°. Supplementary angle to 0° = 180° – 0° = 180°
  3. If the required angle be x°,then according to the question the complementary angle shall be also x°.∴ x + x = 2x = 90° or, x = 90°/2 = 45
  4. If the required angle be x°,then according to the question the supplementary angle shall be also x°.∴ x + x = 2x = 180° or, x =180°/2 = 90°

Example 5. An angle is equal to twice its supplement. Determine its measure.

Solution: Let the required angle be x°.

According to the question, the supplementary angle = x°/2

∴ x + \(\frac{x}{2}\) = 180°

or, 2x + x = 360° or, 3x = 360° or x = 120°.

Example 6. Look at the adjacent image. For what value of x, the points A, O, and B shall lie on the same straight line?

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 For A O And B To Lie On Same Straight Line

For A, O and B to lie on same straight line, the sum of ∠AOC and ∠BOC has to be 180°, i.e., ∠AOC + ∠BOC =180°.

∴ (6x + 5) + (4x-25) = 180

or, 10x – 20 – 180 or, 10x = 200 or, x = 20

Example 7. In the image, ∠AOC = 50°. Find out the values of other angles.

 Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Vertically Opposite Angles Are Equal To Each Other

Vertically opposite angles are equal to each other.

∴ ∠AOC = ∠BOD = 50°.

The sum of the angles at point 0 is 360° ∠COB + ∠AOD – 360° – (50° + 50°) = 260°

Since these are vertically opposite angles, ∠COB = ∠AOD = 130°.

Example 8. Indicate two pairs of alternate angles in the image shown.

Solution: Considering PQ as transversal, ∠AEG and ∠EGH are alternate angles.

Considering RS as transversal, ∠BFH and ∠FHG are alternate angles.

Example 9. Parallel lines are shown in the images. Find the measure of angles indicated by x.

Solution: See the image.

Therefore, x+ 60° = 180° or, x = 120°

The sum of the two interior angles on the same side of the transversal is 180°.

∴ x + 140° = 180° or, x = 40°.

Class 7 Maths Exercise 1 Solutions on Angles

Example 10. In the given image if AB//CD, find x, y and z.

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 AB Parallel To CD

∠x = 45° (Vertically opposite angle).

∠x =∠y = 45° (Alternate angle)

Since AB//CD,

∠z + ∠y = 180°.

or ∠z – 180° – ∠y – 180° – 45° = 135°.

Classification of triangle

Triangle: A plane figure bounded by three line segments is called a triangle. A triangle has three sides and three angles. Three angular points are called the vertices of the triangle.

ABC is a triangle. Its three sides are AB, BC, and AC. Its three angles are ∠ABC, ∠BCA, and ∠CAB. Its three vertices are A, B, and C.

The sum of the three angles of a triangle is equal to 2 right angles or 180°.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Triangle

In any triangle, the sum of any two sides is always greater than the third side. Again, the difference of any two sides is always less than the third side.

If any angular point of a triangle is taken as a vertex then its opposite side is called its base. The angle opposite to the base of a triangle is called its vertical angle.

If BC is taken as a base then ∠BAC will be its vertical angle.

On the basis of sides there are three types of triangles: equilateral triangle, isosceles triangle, and scalene triangle.

West Bengal Board Class 7 Triangle Assistance

Equilateral triangle: If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are same then the triangle is called an equilateral triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Equilateral Triangle

Isosceles triangle: If the lengths of the two sides of a triangle are same then the triangle is called an isosceles triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Isosceles Triangle

Scalene triangle: If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are unequal then the triangle is called a scalene triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Scalene Triangle

On the basis of angles there are three types of triangles: acute-angled triangle, obtuse-angled triangle, and right-angled triangle.

Acute-angled triangle: If each of the three angles of a triangle is acute then the triangle is called an acute angled triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Acute Angles Triangle

Obtuse-angled triangle: If any one angle of a triangle is obtuse then the triangle is called an obtuse-angled triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Obtuse Angled Triangle

Right-angled triangle: If any one angle of a triangle is a right angle then the triangle is called a right-angled triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Right Angled Triangle

Median of a triangle

The line segment obtained by joining the middle point of any side of a triangle to the A opposite vertex is called the median of the triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Median Of A Triangle

In the image, the line  segment AD has been obtained by joining the mid point D of the side BC of the triangle ABC to the opposite vertex A.

Hence, AD is a median of the triangle ABC. There are always three medians of a triangle.

The three medians of a triangle always intersect at the same point, i.e., they are concurrent.

Therefore, in each case of a triangle like scalene or equilateral or isosceles, or acutely angled or obtuse-angled or right-angled triangle, the three medians are concurrent.

WBBSE Class 7 Chapter 1 Angle Guide

The point of concurrence of the medians is known as the centroid of the triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Centriod Of The Traiangle

In the image, AD, BE and CF are the three medians of ΔABC.

They intersect at point G. G is the centroid of ΔABC.

Height of a triangle

The line segment obtained by drawing the perpendicular from any vertex of a triangle to the opposite side is called the height of the triangle.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Height Of A Triangle

In the image, AD has been drawn perpendicular from the vertex A to the opposite side BC of the triangle ABC.

Hence, AD is the height of the triangle ABC. In this case BC is the base of the triangle.

If AC is taken as the base of the triangle then the perpendicular from B on AC will be the height of the triangle.

If AB is taken as the base of the triangle then the perpendicular from C on AB will be the height of the triangle.

Some examples

Example 1. Find the measures of the angles of an equilateral triangle.

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Equilateral Triangle Angle Is Equal To 60 Degress

Each angle is equal to 60° (see the adjacent image)

Example 2. What are the measures of the three angles of a right-angled isosceles triangle?

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Three Angles Of A Right Angled Isosceles Triangle

The measures of the three angles of a right-angled isosceles triangle are 45°, 45°, and 90°. See the adjacent image.

In this case, AB = AC and ∠BAC = 90°.

Example 3. Find the maximum and maximum number of acute in a triangle.

Solution: The minimum number of acute angles is two and the maximum number is three.

Example 4. What is the nature of three points through which it is not possible to construct a triangle?

Solution: It is not possible to construct a triangle through three points when they are collinear.

Example 5. How many parts of a triangle should be known to construct it?

Solution: Three.

[Of course, it is not possible to construct a definite triangle when three angles of it are known. Because when the three angles are given then it should be assumed that actually two angles are given. If two angles of a triangle are known then automatically the third one is known. In other cases, e.g., when three sides or two sides and one angle are known, it is possible to construct a definite triangle.]

Example 6. How many straight lines may be drawn through a point?

Solution: An infinite number of straight lines may be drawn through a point.

Example 7. How many straight lines may be drawn through two points?

Solution: One straight line.

Example 8. What is the minimum number of curved lines required to enclose a region?

Solution: One.

Example 9. What is the minimum number of straight lines required to enclose a region?

Solution: Three.

Example 10. If the sum of the two angles of a triangle be 90° then what is its name?

Solution: As the sum of the two angles is 90°, the third angle must be equal to 90°. Hence the triangle is a right-angled triangle.

Example 11. A triangle is equilateral on the basis of sides. What is its name on the basis of angles?

Solution: Acute angled.

Example 12. Is it possible to construct a triangle having sides of lengths 3 cm, 4 cm, and 8 cm?

Solution: We know that the sum of the two sides of a triangle is always greater than the third.

But in this case, 3 cm + 4 cm = 7cm. It is less than 8 cm. So, it is not possible to construct a triangle in this case.

Example 13. Is it possible to construct a triangle having angles of measures 55°, 64°, and 60°?

Solution: We know that the sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°.

But in this case the sum of the three angles is (55o+64o+60°) = 179°. So it is not possible to construct a triangle in this case.

Example 14. If the sum of the two acute angles of an obtuse-angled triangle be 50° then find the measure of the other angle.

Solution: The measure of the other angle of the obtuse-angled triangle = 180° – 50° = 130°.

Example 15. How many right angles may be there in a triangle?

Solution: One

Example 16. If one acute angle of a right-angled triangle be 40°, then find its other acute angle.

Solution: 50°.

Understanding Angles in Triangles and Quadrilaterals for Class 7

Example 17. When do the two straight lines lying on a plane intersect at a point?

Solution: When they are non-parallel.

Example 18. What is the number of acute angles of a right-angled triangle?

Solution: Two.

Example 19. What is the number of medians of a triangle?

Solution: Three.

Example 20. If the angles of a triangle bear a ratio of 3:4:5, then determine the measure of the angles.

Solution:

Given:

The angles of a triangle bear a ratio of 3:4:5

Let us assume that the angles be 3x, 4y, and 5z.

∴ 3x + 4x + 5x = 180°

[ ∴ Sum of three angles of a triangle is 180°]

or 12x = 180° or, x = \(\frac{180}{2}\) = 15.

∴ The angles of the triangle will be (3x 15)°, (4×15)° and (5×15)° or 45°, 60° and 75°.

Example 21. Prove that if the measure of one angle of a triangle is equal to the sum of the rest two angles then the triangle is a right-angled one.

Solution:

Let us assume that the three angles of the triangle be ∠A, ∠B, and ∠C.

According to the question, let us assume that ∠A = ∠B + ∠C.

Now ∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180°

or ∠A + ∠A = 180° (Since ∠A = ∠B + ∠C assumed) or, 2 ∠A = 180°

or ∠A = 180°/2 = 90° .

Therefore the triangle is a right triangle. (Proved)

Example 22. In the given image, DEIIBC. If ∠A = 65° and ∠B = 50°, then determine the values of ∠ADE, ∠AED, and∠C.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 DE Parallel To BC Is The Transversal

Solution:

Given:

In the given image, DEIIBC. If ∠A = 65° and ∠B = 50°

DE//BC and ADB is the transversal

∴ ∠ADE = ∠DBC = ∠B = ∠50° (corresponding angles)

The sum of three angles in ΔADE is 180°.

Example 22

Classification of quadrilateral

Quadrilateral:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Quadrilateral Diagonals

A plane figure enclosed by four line segments is called a quadrilateral. A quadrilateral has four sides and four angles.

Four angular points are called the four vertices of a quadrilateral.

The line segment joining any two opposite vertices of a quadrilateral is called the diagonal of the quadrilateral.

There are two diagonals of a quadrilateral. ABCD is a quadrilateral. Its four sides are

AB, BC, CD, and DA. Its four angles are ∠ABC, ∠BCD, ∠CDA, and ∠DAB.

Its four angular points are A, B, C, and D. Its two diagonals are AC and BD.

Parallelogram: If the opposite sides of a quadrilateral are parallel then it is called a parallelogram.

In the image shown is a parallelogram ABCD since the opposite sides of the quadrilateral are parallel to each other, i.e., ADIIBC and ABIIDC

∴ AB = DC and AD = BC.

The diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.

Class 7 Maths Exercise 1 Solved Examples

∴ AO = OC and BO = OD. The opposite angles of a parallelogram are equal to each other.

∴ ∠BAD = ∠BCD and ∠ADC = ∠ABC.

Since the opposite sides of a parallelogram are parallel, hence the two angles adjacent to any side are supplementary to each other.

Rectangle: If one angle of a parallelogram is a right angle then it is called a rectangle.  The diagonals of the rectangle are equal in length and they bisect each other.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Rectangle

Square: If the lengths of the two adjacent sides of a rectangle are equal then it is called a square.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Square

Therefore all the sides of a square are of equal length and each angle is a right angle.

The diagonals of a square are equal in length and they bisect each other perpendicularly.

Trapezium: If only one pair of opposite sides of a quadrilateral are parallel then it is called a trapezium.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Trapezium

In trapezium ABCD, ABIIDC. The nonparallel sides of the trapezium are known as the oblique sides.

Isosceles trapezium: If the lengths of the non-parallel sides (i.e., oblique sides) of a trapezium are equal then it is called an isosceles trapezium. In the adjacent image, ABCD is an isosceles trapezium since AD = BC.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Rhombus

Rhombus: If the lengths of the four sides of a quadrilateral are equal but none of the angles is a right angle then it is called arhombus. The image ABCD is a rhombus in which AB = BC – CD – DA; but none of its angles is a right angle.

The opposite sides of a rhombus are parallel to each other. The diagonals of a rhombus are unequal in length, but they bisect each other perpendicularly. Therefore, AC ≠ BD, but AO = OC and BO = OD.

Kite: A quadrilateral in which two pairs of adjacent sides are equal is called a kite.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Kite

In the image, AB = AD and CD = CB. Thus adjacent sides of each pair are equal. The diagonals of a kite are perpendicular to each other.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1

Some examples Example 

Example 1. How many parts of a quadrilateral should be known to construct it?

Solution: Five.

Example 2. In this quadrilateral, there is only one pair of parallel sides.

Solution: Trapezium.

Step-by-Step Solutions for Class 7 Geometry Problems

 Example 3. Which quadrilaterals have sides of equal lengths?

Solution: Square and Rhombus.

Example 4. By what name do we call a parallelogram whose one angle is a right angle?

Solution: Rectangle.

Example 5. How many diagonals and how many vertices are there in a quadrilateral?

Solution: Two diagonals and four vertices.

Example 6. What is the sum of the angles of a quadrilateral?

Solution: 360°.

Example 7. What is the difference between the two diagonals of a rectangle and the two diagonals of a rhombus?

Solution: The two diagonals of a rectangle are equal and the two diagonals of a rhombus are unequal.

Example 8. What kind of quadrilateral is it whose all the angles are equal but adjacent sides are unequal?

Solution: Rectangle.

Example 9. What kind of quadrilateral is it whose diagonals are unequal in length but are perpendicular to each other?

Solution: Rhombus.

Example 10. Name the quadrilaterals whose diagonals are equal to each other in length.

Solution: Rectangle, square and isosceles trapezium.

Example 11. What are the measures of ∠B and ∠C in the parallelogram ABCD in which ∠A = 75°?

Solution:

Given:

∠A = 75°

The opposite angles of a parallelogram are equal to each other.

∴ ∠A = ∠C = 75°.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Geometry Chapter 1 Angle Triangle And Quadrilateral Exercise 1 Parallelogram

In a parallelogram, the two angles adjacent to each side are supplementary to each other.

∴ ∠B+ ∠C= 180° (Both are adjacent to BC)

or, ∠B = 180° – ∠C = 180° – 75° = 105°

The measures of ∠B and ∠C in the parallelogram ABCD ∠B = 180° – ∠C = 180° – 75° = 105°

Example 12. If a pair of opposite angles of a parallelogram be 2x – 50° and x + 20°, then what type of parallelogram is it?

Solution:

Given:

If a pair of opposite angles of a parallelogram be 2x – 50° and x + 20°

The opposite angles are equal to each other in a parallelogram.

∴ 2x – 50 = x + 20 or, x = 70

Putting the value of x we get, (2 x 70) – 50 = 90° and 70 + 20 = 90°, i.e., each of the angles of this parallelogram is a right angle.

∴ The parallelogram in question is a rectangle.

 

 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 2 Ratio And Proportion Exercise 2 Solved Example Problems

Arithmetic Chapter 2 Ratio And Proportion Exercise 2 Solved Example Problems

Comparison of two quantities

In our practical life it is very often required to compare two quantities in terms or their magnitudes or measurements.

In fact, there are two ways of comparing quantities. We can compare two quantities either by finding the difference between them or by dividing one quantity by the other.

When we compare two numbers by division then we are determining the ratio.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

Thus, while comparing two quantities of the same kind, the fraction expressed by how many times the first quantity is greater or smaller than the second quantity is called the ratio between the two quantities.

Suppose, a bowl of fruit contains ten apples and six oranges, then the ratio of apples to oranges is ten to six i.e., 10:6, equivalent to 5:3.

In this example the ratio of oranges to apples is 6:10 i.e., 3:5. Also, the ratio of apples to the total amount of fruits is 10: 16 or 5:8.

Mathematically speaking, if x and y are two quantities and the numerical value of y ≠ 0 then the fraction \(\frac{x}{y}\) is called the ratio of x to y and is written as x:y.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 2 Ratio And Proportion Exercise 2 Solved Example Problems

Nature of a ratio

The ratio is the quotient of two quantities of the same kind and same unit, which compares the quantities. Hence, the ratio being a fraction is an abstract number and has no unit.

The quantities forming the ratio are called the terms of the ratio in which the first number is called the antecedent while the second one is called the consequent.

∴ Ratio = antecedent consequent: antecedent consequent

= \(\frac{\text { antecedent }}{\text{consequent}}\)

Illustration with Images

 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 2 Ratio And Proportion Exercise 2 First Tree Is 40 Meter,Second Tree Is 30 Meter

In Image 1, the height of the first tree is 40 meters and that of the second tree is 30 meters. Hence, the height of the first tree: height of the second tree = 4:3.

 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 2 Ratio And Proportion Exercise 2 First Basket 5 Mangoes,Second Basket 3 Mangoes

 

In image 2, in the first basket, there are 5 mangoes and in the second there are 3 mangoes.

Hence, the number of mangoes in the first basket: and the number of mangoes in the second basket = 5:3.

Also, we know that water occupies 3 parts of the Earth’s surface and land occupies 1 part of the same.

Hence, we can say that, area occupied by water: area occupied by land = 3: 1.

The symbol ‘:’ is used to denote the ratio. Thus the ratio 5 to 9 is written as 5:9 and it is read as ‘five is to nine.’

WBBSE Class 7 Ratio Solutions

Determination of the ratio of two quantities

We can determine the ratio of two quantities of the same kind. In determining the ratio, the quantities are to be expressed in the same unit.

Example: Ratio of 1 meter and 25 cm.

= \(\frac{1 \text { meter }}{25 \mathrm{~cm}}=\frac{100 \mathrm{~cm}}{25 \mathrm{~cm}}\)

= \(\frac{4}{1}\) = 4:1.

Ration of ₹ 6 and ₹ 1.52 p

= \(\frac{₹ 6}{1.50 P}\)= \(\frac{600 P}{150 p}\) = \(\frac{4}{1}\)

Concrete is a mixture of stone chips, sand, and cement, normally in the ratio of 4:2:1 by volume. So there are 4+2+1 = 7 items altogether. So, the quantity of each component of concrete is

stone chips = \(\frac{4}{7}\), sand = \(\frac{2}{7}\), and cement = \(\frac{1}{7}\) part.

A ratio has no unit because it is an abstract number.

The ratio of two quantities of different kinds is not possible.

Thus 5 hours: 75 cm is inadmissible, as the comparison is not possible in this case.

Inverse ratio

If two ratios be such that, the antecedent and the consequent of the one are respectively equal to the consequent and antecedent of the other, then they are said to be inverse ratio.

Example: The inverse ratio of 2:5 is 5:2 and also the inverse ratio of 5:2 is 2:5.

Types of ratio: There are mainly two types of ratios, namely simple and compound.

Simple ratio: The ratio between two quantities of the same kind is called a simple ratio. For example, 20 cm: 25 cm 4:5 is a simple ratio.

Compound ratio: The ratio whose antecedent is the product of the antecedents of two or more simple ratios and whose consequent is the product of the consequents of those ratios is called a compound ratio of those simple ratios.

For example, the compound ratio of 2:3, 3:4 and 4:5 is (2 × 3 × 4): (3 x 4 x 5) or, 2:5.

Different types of simple ratio Simple ratios are of three different types namely

  1. Ratio of greater inequality
  2. Ratio of equality
  3. Ratio of less inequality.

Ratio of greater inequality: The ratio in which the antecedent is greater than the consequent is called a ratio of greater inequality. For example, 25: 17.

Ratio of equality: The ratio in which the antecedent is equal to the consequent is called a ratio of equality. For example, 5:5.

The ratio of less inequality: The ratio in which the antecedent is smaller than the consequent is called a ratio of less inequality. For example, 9: 19.

Some important points about the ratio

1. Since the ratio can also be considered as a fraction its value remains unchanged when both its antecedent and consequent are multiplied or divided by the same number.

Except for the ratio of equality, the value of a ratio is changed when a number is added to or subtracted from its antecedent and consequent.

2. If we add a number both to the antecedent and consequent of a ratio of greater inequality, its value will decrease.

For example: 9: 5 = \(\frac{9}{5}\); \(\frac{9 + 3}{5 + 3}\) = \(\frac{12}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\); \(\frac{3}{2}\) < \(\frac{5}{5}\)

3. If we subtract a number both from the antecedent and consequent of a ratio of greater inequality its value will increase.

For example:
9: 5 = \(\frac{9}{5}\); \(\frac{9 – 3}{5 – 3}\) = \(\frac{6}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{1}\); \(\frac{3}{1}\)> \(\frac{9}{5}\)

4. If we add a number both to the antecedent and consequent of a ratio of less inequality, its value will increase.

For example:
5:9 = \(\frac{5}{9}\); \(\frac{5 + 3}{9 + 3}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\); \(\frac{2}{3}\)> \(\frac{5}{9}\)

5. If we subtract a number both from the antecedent and consequent of a ratio of less inequality its value will decrease.

For example: 5:9 = \(\frac{5}{9}\); \(\frac{5 – 3}{9 – 3}\) = \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\); \(\frac{1}{3}\)< \(\frac{5}{9}\)

A ratio can be expressed as a fraction. Hence, the processes applicable to the fractions are also applicable to the ratios.

For example:

  1. A ratio can be expressed in the lowest form.
  2. Some ratios can be converted into ratios having the same consequences.

Proportion

The equality of two ratios is called proportion. Suppose, in 3 days you can work out 45 sums and in 6 days you can work out 90 sums.

Hence, ratio of the number of days = 3:6, which in its simplest form is 1: 2.

Also, the ratio of the sums worked out by you is 45: 90, which in the simplest form is 1: 2. Thus here we observe that 3:6=45:90.

Let us consider another example. If milk costs 15 per liter, the cost of 15 liters of milk is ₹ 225 and the cost of 20 liters of milk is ₹ 300.

The ratio of two quantities of milk = 15 liters: 20 liters = 15:20, which in the simplest form is 3 4.

Also the ratio of the costs of milk = ₹ 225: ₹ 300 = 225: 300, which in the simplest form is 3: 4.

Thus here we observe that 15:20 = 225: 300.

Definition: A proportion is the equality of two ratios.

We say that one ratio is proportional to the other and the four numbers forming the two ratios are in proportion.

Illustration In image 1, the ratio of bottles filled with milk: empty bottle= 2:1, and in image 2, the ratio of bottles filled with milk: empty bottle =4:2=2:1.

Since these two ratios are equal they are in proportion. When two ratios are equal then instead of the sign of equality ‘ =’ we use the sign of proportion ‘: :’.

 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 2 Ratio And Proportion Exercise 2 Bottles Filled With Milk Empty Bottle 2 1

 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 2 Ratio And Proportion Exercise 2 Bottles Filled With Milk Empty Bottle 4 2

 

To express that, the ratio of 3 and 4 is equal to that of 9 and 12 we often write, 3:4: :9: 12. We read it ‘3 is to 4 as 9 is to 12’.

Inverse proportion or reciprocal proportion

If two ratios be such that, one of them is equal to the reciprocal of the other then we say that either of them is in reciprocal proportion of the other.

Suppose, you have to travel 400 km. If your speed is 20 km per hour then you will take 20 hours. If your speed is 25 km per hour then you will take 16 hours.

Thus, ratio of speed = \(\frac{20 \mathrm{km per hour}}{25 \text { km per hour }}=\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

The ratio of time required = \(\frac{20 \text { hours }}{16 \text { hours }}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)

Thus we see that, either of the above two ratios, is equal to the inverse of the other. These ratios are said to be in inverse proportion.

Continuous ratio

We may write the mutual ratio of many quantities of the same kind continuously with the sign of ratio.

For example: the ratio of ₹2, ₹8, ₹10, ₹16, ₹32

= ₹2: ₹8 : ₹10: ₹16: ₹32

= 2: 8: 10: 16: 32 = 1: 4: 5: 8: 16.

Continued proportion

If there be three quantities of the same kind such that the ratio of the first to the second is equal to the ratio of the second to the third then we say that the three quantities are in continued proportion.

Among the three quantities, the second quantity is called a mean proportional between the first and the third. The third quantity is called a third proportional to the first and the second.

Thus, 3, 6, and 12 are in continued proportion; because 3: 6 : : 6: 12.

Here 6 is a mean proportional between 3 and 12 and 12 is a third proportional to 3 and 6.

There may be a continued proportion of more than three quantities.

In that case, the first: the second = the second: the third = the third: the fourth = the fourth: the fifth = ….

For example, 1, 3, 9, 27, 81…. are in continued proportion.

WBBSE Class 7 Geography Notes WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Geography WBBSE Class 7 History Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Class 7 Geography Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

 

Some properties of proportion

1. To test whether four quantities are in proportion or not we shall have to find the product of the first and the fourth and the product of the second and the third.

If these two products are equal then we say that the four quantities are in proportion; otherwise, they are not in proportion.

Example: 56: 25: 30. [Here 5 and 30 are called extremes. while 6 and 25 are called mean terms or quantities].

Here the product of the extremes i.e., the product of the first and the fourth = 5 x 30 = 150.

And the product of the means i.e., the product of the second and the third = 6 x 25 = 150.

Since these two products are equal, therefore the four quantities are in proportion.

2. If out of the 4 terms of a proportion, 3 are known, the third can easily be found out, by the following formulae.

  1. An extreme = product of the means ÷ the other extreme.
  2. A mean = product of the extremes ÷ the other mean.

3. If three quantities are in continued proportion, then the first: the second = the second: the third.

Hence, the first the third = (the second)2. Thus, 3, 12, and 48 are in continued proportion. Here, 3 x 48 = 144 = (12)2.

4. Let there be four quantities that are in proportion.

Then, by definition,

The first quantity: The second quantity = The third quantity: The fourth quantity.

Since the inverse ratio of two equal ratios are equal, therefore, the second quantity: the first quantity = the fourth quantity: the third quantity.

Thus, 4: 5 : : 28: 35.

∴ 5: 4 : : 35: 28.

5. If the four abstract numbers be in proportion then, the first: the third the second the fourth.

Thus 2: 5 = 6: 15

∴ 2: 6 = 5:15.

6. If the antecedent and the consequent of a ratio be multiplied or divided by the same number, the value of the ratio does not change.

Thus, 4:7 (4 x 5): (7 x 5) = 20: 35

Also, 10: 15 (105): (15+5)=2:3

Again, since 2:5=4:10

∴ (2x 3): (5 x 3) = (4 x 5): (10 × 5) Or, 6:15 = 20:50.

7. Let us mention some conclusions derived from proportion:

1. If \(\frac{a}{b}\) = \(\frac{c}{d}\) then

  1. \(\frac{b}{a}\) = \(\frac{d}{c}\) [invertendo]
  2. \(\frac{a}{c}\) = \(\frac{b}{d}\) [alternendo]
  3. \(\frac{a + b}{b}\) = \(\frac{c + d}{d}\) [componendo]
  4. \(\frac{a – b}{b}\) = \(\frac{c – d}{d}\) [dividendo]
  5. \(\frac{a + b}{a – b}\) = \(\frac{c + d}{c – d}\) [componendo and dividendo].

2. If \(\frac{a}{b}\) = \(\frac{c}{d}\) then each ratio = \(\frac{a + c}{b + d}\)

3. If \(\frac{a}{b}\) = \(\frac{c}{d}\) then each ratio = \(\frac{a – c}{b – d}\)

4. If \(\frac{a}{b}\) = \(\frac{c}{d}\) then each ratio = \(\frac{ma + nc}{mb + nd}\)

5. \(\frac{a}{b}\) = \(\frac{c}{d}\) = \(\frac{e}{f}\) = \(\frac{g}{h}\) = ….

= \(\frac{a + c + e + g + ……}{b + d + f + h + ……}\)(addendo).

Arithmetic Chapter 2 Ratio And Proportion Exercise 2 Some Problems On Ratio

Example 1. 1 kg of rice costs ₹ 40 and 1 kg of pulse costs ₹ 100. What is the ratio of the prices of rice and pulse?

Solution:

Ratio of the prices of rice and pulse

= \(\frac{₹40}{₹100}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 2.5

The ratio of the prices of rice and pulse 2.5

Example 2. Find the ratio of ₹ 1.50 to ₹ 3.50.

Solution:

Required ratio

= \(\frac{₹1.50}{₹3.50}\) = \(\frac{150 P}{350 P}\)

= \(\frac{3}{7}\) = 3:7.

Required ratio 3:7.

Example 3. In the triangle ABC, ∠BAC = 60°, ∠ABC = 50° and ∠ACB 70° : ∠BAC : ∠ABC: ∠ACB = what?

Solution:

∠BAC: ∠ABC: ∠ACB

= 60°: 50°: 70° = 60: 50: 70=6: 5: 7

Example 4. Find the ratio of 15 minutes to 1 hour 15 minutes.

Solution:

Required ratio

= \(\frac{15 \text { minutes }}{1 \text { hour } 15 \text { minutes }}=\frac{15 \text { minutes }}{75 \text { minutes }}\)

= \(\frac{15}{75}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 1: 5

WBBSE Class 7 Arithmetic Ratio Examples

Example 5. The price of a pencil is 3 and the price of toffee is 50 paise. What is the ratio of the prices of a pencil and a toffee?

Solution:

Price of 1 pencil: the price of 1 toffee 300 paise 6

= \(\frac{₹3}{50paise}\) = \(\frac{300 paise}{50 paise}\) = \(\frac{6}{1}\)=6:1

Example 6. What is the inverse ratio of 5: 9?

Solution: 9:5.

Example 7. What is the ratio of values of a 50 p coin, a rupee coin and a two rupee coin?

Solution:

The value of a 50 p coin: the value of a rupee coin: the value of a two rupee coin.

= 50 paise: 100 paise: 200 paise = 1:2:4

Example 8. Find the compound ratio of the following: 2:3, 5:4, 6:15.

Solution:

The compound ratio of 2:3, 5:4, 6:15

= \(\frac{2x5x6}{3x4x15}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 1: 3

Example 9. Ram’s age is 12 years 6 months, Shyam’s age is 12 years 4 months and Jadu’s age is 12 years. What is the ratio of their ages?

Solution:

Ram’s age: Shyam’s age: Jadu’s age = 12 years 6 months: 12 years 4 months: 12 years

= (12 x 12+6) months: (12 x 12 + 4) months : 12 x 12 months

= 150 months: 148 months: 144 months = 75:74:72

Example 10. Find the value of x from the relation 4: 7=12:x.

Solution:

From the given relation,

we get, \(\frac{4}{7}\) = \(\frac{12}{x}\)

or, 4x = 84 or, x = \(\frac{84}{4}\) = 21

Example 11. If the ratio of two numbers be 5: 7 and their H.C.F be 13, then find the numbers.

Solution:

One number = 5 x 13 = 65

Another number = 7 x 13 = 91

∴ The numbers are 65 and 91.

Example 12.  Distinguish between x + y and x: y.

Solution:

x ÷ y is defined even when x and y are not of the same kind.

But x : y is defined only when x and y are of same kind.

Example 13. What is the ratio of angles of an equilateral triangle?

Solution:

The angles of an equilateral triangle are 60°, 60°, and 60°.

∴ ratio of the angles = 60°: 60°: 60°=1:1:1

Example 14. If the ratio of the three angles of a triangle be 1:1:2 then what are the measures of the angles ?

Solution:

Let, the measures of the three angles be x°, x°, and 2x°.

According to the question, x°+x°+2x°=180°

or, 4x°= 180°

or, x° = \(\frac{180°}{4}\) = 45°

∴ Measures of the three angles are 45°, 45° and 90°

Example 15. Ratio of the runs scored by Dhoni and Koholi is 4:3 and Koholi scored 42 runs. If the runs of Dhoni would be 7 more, what would be the ratio of their runs?

Solution:

Let, the run of Dhoni = x

According to the question, \(\frac{x}{42}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)

or, 3x=42 × 4

or, x = \(\frac{42×4}{3}\) = 56

∴ Run of Dhoni = 56

Solved Problems for Class 7 Ratio and Proportion

Example 16. If out of 40 examinees, 40% failed then what is the ratio of the pass and fail? If 4 more examinees would pass then what would be the ratio of pass and fail?

Solution:

40% of 40 examinees= 40 x \(\frac{40}{100}\) = 16

If 16 examinees failed then (40 – 16) or 24 examinees passed

then ratio of pass and fail = \(\frac{24}{16}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 3 :2

If 4 more examinees would pass then the ratio of pass and fail would be = \(\frac{24+4}{16-4}\) = \(\frac{28}{12}\) = 7: 3

= 3:2, 7: 3

Example 17. In two beverages the ratio of syrup and water are 2 : 5 and 6 : 10 which beverage is sweeter ?

Solution:

In the first beverage syrup: water =2:5 = 6:15

In the second beverage syrup: water = 6 : 10

∴ Second beverage is sweeter.

∴ Second beverage.

Example 18. Between 3:5 and 4: 7, which one is greater?

Solution:

Given:

3:5 And 4: 7

L.C.M. of 5 and 7 is 35.

Now, 3:5 = \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{3×7}{5×7}\) = \(\frac{21}{35}\)

And 4:7= \(\frac{4}{7}\) = \(\frac{4×5}{7×5}\) = \(\frac{20}{35}\)

Hence, 3: 5 is greater.

∴ 3: 5 is greater than 4 : 7.

Example 19. The ratio of the ages of Manasbabu and Dipakbabu is 7:9. If the age of Dipakbabu be If the run of Dhoni would be 7 more then run 72 years then what is the age of Manasbabu?

Solution:

Given:

The ratio of the ages of Manasbabu and Dipakbabu is 7:9. If the age of Dipakbabu be If the run of Dhoni would be 7 more then run 72 years

Let, age of Manasbabu = x years

∴ \(\frac{x}{72}\) = \(\frac{7}{9}\) or, 9x = 72 x 7

or, x = \(\frac{72×7}{9}\) = 56

∴ The age of Manasbabu is 56 years.

Example 20. If A: B=3:4 and B: C = 65, then find the value of A: B: C.

Solution:

Given:

A: B=3:4 and B: C = 65

A: B = 3:4 = (3×3): (4 x 3)=9:12

B:C = 6:5 = (6×2): (5 x 2)=12:10

∴ A: B: C = 9:12:10

∴ The value of A: B: C is 9: 12:10.

Example 21. The ratio of prices of two books is 2: 5. If the price of the first book is 32.20 what is the price of the second book?

Solution:

Given: 

The ratio of prices of two books is 2: 5. If the price of the first book is 32.20

Let, the price of the second book = x.

∴ \(\frac{32.20}{x}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

or, 2x = 32.20 x 5

or, x = \(\frac{32.20 x 5}{2}\) = 80.50

∴ The price of the second book is  ₹80.50.

Example 22. The ratio of the circumference and diameter of a circle is 22:7. If the length of the diameter of a circle is 2m 1 dcm then find its circumference.

Solution:

Given:

The ratio of the circumference and diameter of a circle is 22:7. If the length of the diameter of a circle is 2m 1 dcm then find its circumference.

Let, the circumference of the circle = x dcm.

∴ \(\frac{x}{21}\) = \(\frac{22}{7}\)

or, 7x = 21 x 22

or, x = \(\frac{21 x 22}{7}\) = 66

circumference of the circle = 66 dcm = 6 m 6 dcm.

Class 7 Maths Exercise 2 Ratio Solutions

Example 23. Express \(\frac{4}{7}\): \(\frac{5}{9}\) as the ratio of integers.

Solution: \(\frac{4}{7}\) x \(\frac{9}{5}\) = \(\frac{36}{35}\) = 36: 35

Example 24. In a school from class seven out of 150 students, 90 students and from class six out of 140 students, 80 students participated in a sit and draw competition. Which of the two classes has the greater participation?

Solution:

Given:

In a school from class seven out of 150 students, 90 students and from class six out of 140 students, 80 students participated in a sit and draw competition.

In class seven, \(\frac{\text { number of competitors }}{\text { total number of students }}\)

= \(\frac{90}{150}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

In class six, \(\frac{\text { number of competitors }}{\text { total number of students }}\)

= \(\frac{80}{140}\) = \(\frac{4}{7}\)

Now, \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{3×7}{5×7}\) = \(\frac{21}{35}\)

∴ \(\frac{4}{7}\) = \(\frac{4×5}{7×5}\) = \(\frac{20}{35}\)

Example 25. The ratio of two quantities is 5 7. If the antecedent is 40 kg, find the consequent.

Solution:

Given:

The ratio of two quantities is 5 7. If the antecedent is 40 kg,

Let the consequent be x kg.

∴ \(\frac{40 kg}{x kg}\) = \(\frac{5}{7}\)

or, \(\frac{40}{x}\) = \(\frac{5}{7}\)

or, 5x = 40 × 7 or, x = \(\frac{40 x 7}{5}\) = 56

∴ 56 kg.

The consequent 56 kg.

Example 26. Out of 100 sums, Ram got 60 sums correct. Out of 80 those sums Rahim got 50 sums correct. Who got more sums correct?

Solution:

Given:

Out of 100 sums, Ram got 60 sums correct. Out of 80 those sums Rahim got 50 sums correct.

In case of Ram,  \(\frac{\text { correct sums }}{\text { total sums }}\)

= \(\frac{60}{100}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

In case of Rahim, \(\frac{\text { correct sums }}{\text { total sums }}\) =\(\frac{50}{80}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Now, \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{3×8}{5×8}\) = \(\frac{24}{40}\)

or, \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{5×5}{8×5}\) = \(\frac{25}{4}\)

∴ Rahim got more sums correct.

Example 27. In this year’s Madhyamik examination out of 150 examinees of the first school 100 examinees passed with grade-A. In the second school out of 100 examinees, 80 examinees passed with grade-A. Find which school has got a better result getting grade-A, in this year’s Madhyamik examination.

Solution:

Given:

In this year’s Madhyamik examination out of 150 examinees of the first school 100 examinees passed with grade-A. In the second school out of 100 examinees, 80 examinees passed with grade-A.

In the first school, \(\frac{\text { number of examinees getting grade }-A}{\text { total number of examinees }}\)

= \(\frac{100}{150}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

In the second school, \(\frac{\text { number of examinees getting grade }-A}{\text { total number of examinees }}\)

= \(\frac{80}{100}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Now, \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{2×5}{3×5}\) = \(\frac{10}{5}\)

or, \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{4×3}{5×3}\) = \(\frac{12}{15}\)

∴ The second school has got a better result getting grade A.

Example 28. The ratio of ages of Ram and Shyam is 8:7. If the age of Shyam be 21 years, find the age of Ram.

Solution:

Given:

The ratio of ages of Ram and Shyam is 8:7. If the age of Shyam be 21 years

Let the age of Ram be x years.

Then, \(\frac{x}{21}\) = \(\frac{8}{7}\)

or, x = \(\frac{8×21}{7}\) =24

∴ 24 years.

The age of Ram 24 years.

West Bengal Board Class 7 Proportion Assistance

Example 29.  From a bamboo, a piece of bamboo is cut off. It is found that the ratio of the two pieces is 3:1. From the table below, find the possible length of the two pieces and the length of the bamboo.

Solution:

Given:

From a bamboo, a piece of bamboo is cut off. It is found that the ratio of the two pieces is 3:1.

In the first case, let the length of Expenses to buy new books the second piece = x dcm

∴ \(\frac{30}{x}\) = \(\frac{3}{1}\)

or, 3x = 30 or, x = 10

∴ Length of the second piece= 10 dcm and total length of the bamboo (30+10) dcm = 40 dcm.

∴ In the first case, the length of the second piece 10 dcm, and the total length of the bamboo 40 dcm.

In the second case, let the length of the first piece = y dcm

∴ \(\frac{y}{15}\) = \(\frac{3}{1}\)

or, y = 45.

∴ Length of the first piece = 45 dcm and (45+ 15) dcm = 60

∴ In the second case, the length of the first piece 45 dcm, and the total length of the bamboo = 60 dcm.

Example 30. Ratio First piece Second piece 3:1 the price of the first book is ₹ 75. If the price of the first book was ₹ 25 more what would be the required ratio prices?

Solution:

Given:

Ratio First piece Second piece 3:1 the price of the first book is ₹ 75. If the price of the first book was ₹ 25

Let the price of the second book be ₹ x

∴ \(\frac{75}{x}\) = \(\frac{3}{1}\)

or, 3x= 75 or, x = \(\frac{75}{3}\) = 25

If the price of the first book was ₹ 25 more, the required ration

= \(\frac{75+25}{25}\) = \(\frac{100}{25}\) = \(\frac{4}{1}\) = 4: 1

Example 31. In a certain year, a library received a Govt. grant of ₹ 74,350 and collected a subscription of ₹4350. They also got ₹ 1,300 by selling old papers etc. If the entire money is spent on buying new books, for binding of old books, and paying salaries to the employees in the ratio 15:3:2 then calculate for how much money new books were bought.

Solution:

Given:

In a certain year, a library received a Govt. grant of ₹ 74,350 and collected a subscription of ₹4350.

They also got ₹ 1,300 by selling old papers etc. If the entire money is spent on buying new books, for binding of old books, and paying salaries to the employees in the ratio 15:3:2

That library got total money from Govt. the grant, collection of subscriptions, and selling old papers = ₹ (74,350 +4350+ 1300) = ₹ 80,000.

Expenses to by new books

WBBSE Class 7 Chapter 2 Ratio Guide

= ₹ \(\frac{80000}{15+3+2}\) x 15 = ₹ \(\frac{80000}{20}\) x 15 = ₹ 60000

∴ New books were bought for ₹60,000

 Example 32. The ratio of daily work of A and B is 4: 3. If A can do the work in 12 days, then find the number of days required by B to do the work.

Solution:

Given:

The ratio of daily work of A and B is 4: 3. If A can do the work in 12 days

Since, the ratio of the daily work of A and B is 4:3,

∴ The work done by A in 3 days is equal to the work done by B in 4 days.

∴ Work done by A in 1 day = work done by B in \(\frac{4}{3}\) days

∴ Work done by A in 12 days

= work done by in \(\frac{4}{3}\)×12 days = 16 days.

∴ 16 days.

The number of days required by B to do the work 16 days.

Wbbse Class 7 Maths Solutions

Example 33. 1050 people have come for training at a training center. They were asked to sit in three big halls in the ratio of 11:3:3\(\frac{1}{2}\). How many people will sit in each room?

Solution:

Given:

1050 people have come for training at a training center. They were asked to sit in three big halls in the ratio of 11:3:3\(\frac{1}{2}\).

Those people were asked to sit in three big halls in the ratio

11:3:3\(\frac{1}{2}\) = 11:3:\(\frac{7}{2}\) = 22:6:7.

∴ In the first room, there will sit \(\frac{1050}{22+6+7}\) x 22 people

= \(\frac{1050}{35}\) x 22 people = 660 people

∴ In the second room, there will sit \(\frac{1050}{22+6+7}\) x 6 people

= \(\frac{1050}{35}\) x 6 people = 180 people

In the third room, there will sit \(\frac{1050}{22+6+7}\) x 7 people

= \(\frac{1050}{35}\) x 7 people = 210 people.

∴ In the first, second, and third rooms, 660 people, 180 people, and 210 people will sit respectively.

Example 34. Ram earns ₹125 in 8 days and Shyam earns ₹140 in 10 days. Find the ratio of their earnings.

Solution:

Given:

Ram earns ₹125 in 8 days and Shyam earns ₹140 in 10 days.

The earnings of Ram for 8 days = ₹125

The earnings of Ram for 1 day = ₹ \(\frac{125}{8}\)

The earnings of Shyam for 10 day = ₹140

The earnings of Shyam for 1 day = ₹ \(\frac{140}{10}\)

∴ The ration of their earnings = \(\frac{125}{8}\) : \(\frac{140}{10}\)

= \(\frac{125}{8}\) x \(\frac{10}{140}\) = 125: 112

Example 35. ₹12,100 is divided among Ram, Shyam, Jadu, and Madhu in the ratio 2:3:4:2. How much each will get?

Solution:

Given: ₹12,100 is divided among Ram, Shyam, Jadu, and Madhu in the ratio 2:3:4:2.

Ram will get ₹ \(\frac{12,100}{2+3+4+2}\) x 2

= ₹ \(\frac{12,100}{11}\) x 2 = ₹ 2200

Shyam will get ₹ \(\frac{12,100}{2+3+4+2}\) x 3 = ₹ \(\frac{12,100}{11}\) x 3 = ₹ 3300

Jadu will get ₹ \(\frac{12,100}{2+3+4+2}\) x 4 = ₹ \(\frac{12,100}{11}\) x 4 = ₹ 4400

Madhu will get ₹ \(\frac{12,100}{2+3+4+2}\) x 2 = ₹ \(\frac{12,100}{11}\) x 2 = ₹ 2200

Ram will get  ₹ 2200, Shyam will get ₹ 3300, Jadu will get ₹ 4400 and MAdhy will get ₹ 2200

Class Vii Math Solution Wbbse

Example 36. A policeman starts to chase a thief. When the thief goes 5 steps, the policeman moves 6 steps. Again, 3 steps of the police is equal to 6 steps of the thief. Find the ratio of their speeds.

Solution:

Given:

A policeman starts to chase a thief. When the thief goes 5 steps, the policeman moves 6 steps. Again, 3 steps of the police is equal to 6 steps of the thief

3 steps of the police = 6 steps of the thief

1 step of the police = \(\frac{6}{3}\) steps of the thief

6 steps of the police = \(\frac{6×6}{3}\) steps of the thief

= 12 steps of the thief

Now, in the same time, the policeman moves 6 steps and the thief moves 5 steps.

∴ The ratio of their speeds

= \(\frac{6 \text { steps of the police }}{5 \text { steps of the thief }}\)

= \(\frac{12 \text { steps of the thief }}{5 \text { steps of the thief }}\)

= \(\frac{12}{5}\) = 12: 5

Example 37. The sum of the three angles of the triangle ABC is 180°. The ratio of ∠BAC, ∠ABC, and ∠ACB is 3:5:10. If the value of ∠BAC is decreased by 10° and the value of ∠ABC is increased by 10°, calculate the new ratio of the three angles.

Solution:

Given:

The sum of the three angles of the triangle ABC is 180°. The ratio of ∠BAC, ∠ABC, and ∠ACB is 3:5:10. If the value of ∠BAC is decreased by 10° and the value of ∠ABC is increased by 10°

∠BAC= \(\frac{180^{\circ}}{3+5+10}\) x 3 =\(\frac{180^{\circ}}{18}\) x 3 = 30°

∠ABC = \(\frac{180^{\circ}}{3+5+10}\) x 5 = \(\frac{180^{\circ}}{18}\)x 5 = 50°

∠ACB = \(\frac{180^{\circ}}{3+5+10}\) x 10 = \(\frac{180^{\circ}}{18}\) x 10 = 100°

If decreased by 10°, ∠BAC = 30° -10° = 20°

If increased by 10°, ∠ABC = 50° + 10° = 60°

∴ The new ratio of the three angles

= ∠BAC: ∠ABC: ∠ACB = 20°: 60°: 100° =1:3:5

∴ The new ratio of the three angles = 1:3:5.

Example 38. Ratio of the prices of two houses is 4:3 and the price of the second house is 4,20,000. What would be the ratio of their prices if the price of the first house would have been 70,000 more?

Solution:

Given:

Ratio of the prices of two houses is 4:3 and the price of the second house is 4,20,000.

Let, the price of the first house = ₹ x

Then, \(\frac{x}{420000}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)

or, x = \(\frac{4 X 420000}{3}\) = 560000

Hence, the price of the first house = ₹ 560000.

If the price of the first house would have been ₹70000 more then the price of the first house would be ₹(560000+ 70000)= ₹ 630000.

Then, \(\frac{\text { price of the first house }}{\text { price of the second house }}=\frac{630000}{420000}\)

= \(\frac{63}{42}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 3:2

∴ The ratio of their prices would be 3:2.

Example 39. ₹ 9000 is divided among three friends in such a way that, the second friend gets twice the amount the first friend gets and the third friend gets half the sum of money two friends get. How much amount of money each friend will get?

Solution:

Given:

₹ 9000 is divided among three friends in such a way that, the second friend gets twice the amount the first friend gets and the third friend gets half the sum of money two friends get.

Let, the first friend gets ₹ x, the second friend gets ₹ 2x and the third friend gets ₹ \(\frac{x+2x}{2}\)= ₹ \(\frac{3x}{2}\)

∴ Ratio of the money of the three friends =x: 2x: \(\frac{3x}{2}\)

= 1: 2: \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 2: 4: 3.

∴ First friend will get ₹ \(\frac{9000}{2+4+3}\) x 2 = ₹ \(\frac{9000}{9}\) x 2 = ₹ 2000

∴ the second friend will get ₹ \(\frac{9000}{2+4+3}\) x 4 = ₹ \(\frac{9000}{9}\) x 4 = ₹ 4000

third friend will get ₹ \(\frac{9000}{2+4+3}\) x 3 = ₹ \(\frac{9000}{9}\) x 3 = ₹ 3000

∴ First friend will get ₹2000, second friend will get ₹4000 and third friend will get ₹3000

Example 40. A customer co-operative society distributes ₹ 42150 as dividends among the members from the money it can spend in a year. The remaining money is distributed as the salary of staff and loans among the people in the ratio 7: 18. If the society can spend ₹ 77575 in a year, how much money it can invest as a loan?

Solution:

Given:

A customer co-operative society distributes ₹ 42150 as dividends among the members from the money it can spend in a year. The remaining money is distributed as the salary of staff and loans among the people in the ratio 7: 18. If the society can spend ₹ 77575 in a year

In a year the cooperative society can spend ₹ 77575.

It distributes as dividends among members ₹ 42150.

Remaining money =₹ (77575-42150) = ₹ 35425.

Let, money required to distribute salary to the staff=₹ 7x.

The money invested as loan to the people = ₹ 18 x.

According to the question, 7x+18x= 35425 or, 25x = 35425

or, x= \(\frac{35425}{25}\) = 1417

∴ Money invested as loan

=₹ 1417 x 18=25506

∴ ₹  25506 is invested as loan.

Understanding Ratio and Proportion for Class 7

Example 41. For constructing a road in the village the ratio of the money spent for last four years is 2:4:3:2. If the total money spent in those four years is 132 lac, then find how much money was spend on the second year and total money spent on first and third year.

Solution:

Given:

For constructing a road in the village the ratio of the money spent for last four years is 2:4:3:2. If the total money spent in those four years is 132 lac

Expenditure of the first year

= ₹ \(\frac{132}{2+4+3+2}\) x 2 lac = ₹ \(\frac{132}{11}\) x 2 lac

Expenditure of the second year

= ₹ \(\frac{132}{2+4+3+2}\) x 4 lac = ₹ \(\frac{132}{11}\) x 4 lac

= ₹ 48 lac

Expenditure of the third year

= ₹ \(\frac{132}{2+4+3+2}\) x 3 lac = ₹ \(\frac{132}{11}\) x 3 lac

= ₹ 36 lac

Total expenditure of the first and the third year = ₹(24+36) lac = 60 lac

∴ ₹48 lac was spent on the second year and ₹60 lac was spent on the first and the third year.

Example 42. A cooperative agricultural farm grows paddy and jute in its 35 bighas of land in a ratio of 4: 3. It earns as profit ₹ 2500 per bigha from paddy and ₹ 2800 per bigha from jute. What is the ratio of profit from paddy and jute?

Solution:

Given:

A cooperative agricultural farm grows paddy and jute in its 35 bighas of land in a ratio of 4: 3. It earns as profit ₹ 2500 per bigha from paddy and ₹ 2800 per bigha from jute.

Let, paddy be cultivated in 4x bighas of land and jute be cultivated in 3x bighas of land.

According to the question, 4x+3x= 35 or, 7x= 35 or, x = \(\frac{35}{7}\) = 5

∴ Paddy has been cultivated in 4 x 5 or 20 bighas of land and jute has been cultivated in 3 x 5 or 15 bighas of land.

Now, profit from paddy of 20 bighas of land at the rate of ₹  2500 per bigha = ₹  2500 × 20.

Also, profit from jute of 15 bighas of land at the rate of ₹  2800 per bigha = ₹ 2800 × 15.

∴ The required ratio of profit = \(\frac{ 2500 x 20}{2800×15}\) = 25:21

∴ The required ratio of profit = 25:21.

Example 43. At the time of retirement, a man got 1,96,150. He donated 20,000 to the school library and the remaining amount was divided among his wife, son, and daughter in the ratio of 5:4:4. How much money did he give to each of them?

Solution:

Given:

At the time of retirement, a man got 1,96,150. He donated 20,000 to the school library and the remaining amount was divided among his wife, son, and daughter in the ratio of 5:4:4.

From ₹ 1,96,150 if ₹  20,000 is donated to the school library then remaining money=₹ (1,96,150 – 20,000) = ₹ 1,76,150

wife gets = ₹ \(\frac{1,76,150}{5+4+4}\) x 5

= ₹ \(\frac{1,76,150}{13}\) x 5 = ₹ 67,750

son gets = ₹ \(\frac{1,76,150}{5+4+4}\) x 4

= ₹ \(\frac{1,76,150}{13}\) x 4 = ₹ 54,200

daughter gets = ₹ \(\frac{1,76,150}{5+4+4}\) x 4

= ₹ \(\frac{1,76,150}{13}\) x 4 = ₹ 54,200

∴ He gave ₹ 67,750 to his wife, ₹54,200 to his son, and ₹ 54,200 to his daughter.

Example 44. The ratio of story books and other books in a club library is 4: 3 and the number of story books is 1248. Some storybooks are purchased and thus the ratio becomes 11: 6. How many storybooks are purchased?

Solution:

Given:

The ratio of story books and other books in a club library is 4: 3 and the number of story books is 1248. Some storybooks are purchased and thus the ratio becomes 11: 6.

Let, the number of story books = 4x and the number of other books = 3x.

According to the question, 4x=1248 or, x= \(\frac{1248}{4}\) = 312

∴ Number of other books = 3 x 312 = 936.

Let, y number of story books are purchased.

∴ \(\frac{1248+y}{936}\) = \(\frac{11}{6}\)

or, 6y+7488 = 10296

or, 6y 10296-7488 or, 6y= 2808

or, y = \(\frac{2808}{6}\) = 468

∴ 468 storybooks are purchased

Class Vii Math Solution Wbbse

Example 45.  A man cultivated brinjal and potato in a ratio of 4:3 in his 35 katha lands. He made a profit of ₹150 per katha for brinjal and ₹125 per katha for potato. Calculate the ratio of profit of that man from his cultivation of brinjal and potato from his total land.

Solution:

Given:

A man cultivated brinjal and potato in a ratio of 4:3 in his 35 katha lands. He made a profit of ₹150 per katha for brinjal and ₹125 per katha for potato.

Amount of land where brinjal is cultivated

= \(\frac{35}{4+3}\) x 4 katha = \(\frac{35}{7}\) x 4 katha = 20 katha

Amount of land where potato is cultivated

= \(\frac{35}{4+3}\) x 3 kaths = \(\frac{35}{7}\) x 3 katha = 15 katha

⇒ \(\frac{\text { Total profit from brinjal }}{\text { Total profit from potato }}\)

= \(\frac{₹ 20 X 150}{₹ 15 X 125}=8: 5\)

∴ The required ratio is 8:5.

Example 46. In a school there were 660 students and the ratio of the number of boys and girls was 13:9. After a few days 30 girls joined the school but a few boys left. As a result, the ratio of the boys and the girls became 6: 5. Determine the number of boys who left the school.

Solution:

Given:

In a school there were 660 students and the ratio of the number of boys and girls was 13:9. After a few days 30 girls joined the school but a few boys left. As a result, the ratio of the boys and the girls became 6: 5.

Let, in that school the number of boys = 13x and the number of girls = 9.x.

According to the question, 13x+9x=660

or, 22x = 660

or, x = \(\frac{660}{22}\) = 30

∴ number of boys = 13 x 30 = 390 and a number of girls = 9x 30 270

Let, y number of boys left the school.

∴ 390-y-6 270+30 5

= \(\frac{390 – y}{270 + 30}\) = \(\frac{6}{5}\)

or, 5(390-y) =1800.

or, 1950-5y = 1800

or, 5y 1950-1800

or, 5y = 150

or, y = \(\frac{150}{5}\) = 30

∴ 30 boys left the school.

 

Arithmetic Chapter 2 Ratio And Proportion Exercise 2 Some Problems On Proportion

Example 1. Find whether the following proportions are true or not

1. 8:12 10:15.
2. 72:8=40:5.

Solution:

  1. Here the product of the extremes =8×15 120 and the product of the means = 12 x 10 = 120. Since these two products are equal, therefore the proportion is true.
  2. Here the product of the extremes = 72 × 5 = 360 and the product of the means = 8 x 40 = 320. Since these two products are not equal, therefore the proportion is not true.

Example 2.  Form the possible proportions with the numbers 8, 10, 16, and 20.

Solution:

Here we see that, 8:10 4:5, and also 16:20 = 4:5

Hence, 8:10 16:20 and 10: 8=20:16 are two proportions.

Again, 8:16 1:2 and 10: 20=1:2

∴ 8:16 10:20 and 16:8=20: 10 are two proportions

∴ The required proportions are:

  1. 8:10 = 16:20
  2. 10:8 = 20:16
  3. 8:16 = 10:20
  4. 16:8 = 20:10.

Example 3. Find the missing term in place of * in the following proportion: 16:20:8: *.

Solution:

Let, the missing term be x.

∴ \(\frac{16}{20}\) = \(\frac{8}{x}\)

or, 16x=8×20

or, x= \(\frac{8 X 20}{16}\) = 10

∴ 10.

The missing term 10.

Example 4. Find the fourth proportional of the following numbers: 12, 16, 18.

Solution:

Let, the fourth proportion be x.

∴ \(\frac{12}{16}\) = \(\frac{18}{x}\)

or, 12 X x= 16 x 18

or, x = \(\frac{16 X 18}{12}\) = 24

Example 5. Find the third proportional of the following 9:12

Solution:

Let, the third proportion be x.

∴ \(\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{12}{x}\)

or, 9x= 12 x 12

or, x = \(\frac{12 X 12}{9}\) = 16

∴ 16

The third proportion is 16

Example 6. Find the mean proportional of the following numbers: 25, 81.

Solution:

Let, the mean proportion be x.

∴ \(\frac{25}{x}\) = \(\frac{x}{81}\)

or, x2 = 25 x 81

or, x = 5 x 9 = 45

∴ 45.

The mean proportional 45.

Example 7. A’s money is \(\frac{2}{3}\) of B’s money and B’s money is \(\frac{4}{5}\) of C’s money. Find the ratio of A’s money to C’s money.

Solution:

Since, A’s money = \(\frac{2}{3}\) of B’s money

∴ \(\frac{A^{\prime} \text { smoney }}{B^{\prime} \text { smoney }}=\frac{2}{3}\)

∴ \(\frac{B^{\prime} \text { smoney }}{C^{\prime} \text { smoney }}=\frac{4}{5}\)

∴ \(\frac{A^{\prime} \text { smoney }}{B^{\prime} \text { smoney }} \times \frac{B^{\prime} \text { smoney }}{C^{\prime} \text { smoney }}=\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{4}{5}\)

∴ \(\frac{A^{\prime} \text { smoney }}{C^{\prime} \text { smoney }}=\frac{8}{15}=8: 5\)

Example 8. A man used 16 ploughs to cultivate his whole land in 10 days. If he wants to cultivate the same land in 8 days, how many ploughs are required?

Solution:

Given:

A man used 16 ploughs to cultivate his whole land in 10 days. If he wants to cultivate the same land in 8 days,

No. of days
10
8

No. of ploughs
16
x (say)

If number of days decreases then the number of ploughs will increase. The number of ploughs is in inverse ratio with the number of days.

∴ 8 : 10 = 16: x

or, \(\frac{8}{10}\) = \(\frac{16}{x}\)

or, 8x = 16 x 10

or, x = \(\frac{16 X 10}{8}\) = 20

∴20 ploughs are required.

Example 9. 12 men had provision of food for 20 days. If there are 40 men, how long will the provision last?

Solution:

Given:

12 men had provision of food for 20 days. If there are 40 men

No. of men
12
40

No. of days
20
x (say)

If number of men increases then number of days will decrease. A number of days is in inverse ratio with the number of men.

∴ 40 12 = 20: x

or, \(\frac{40}{12}\) = \(\frac{20}{x}\)

or, 40x = 20 × 12

or, x = \(\frac{20 X 12}{40}\) = 6

∴ The provision will last for 6 days.

Example 10. 8 men can do a piece of work in 15 days. In how many days will 10 men finish the same work?

Solution:

Given:

8 men can do a piece of work in 15 days.

No. of men
8
10

No. of days
15
x (say)

If number of men increases then the number of days will decrease. Number of days is in inverse ratio with the number of men.

∴ 10: 8 = 15: x

or, = \(\frac{10}{8}\) or, 10x = 15 x 8

or, x = \(\frac{15 X 8}{10}\) = 12

∴ They will finish in 12 days.

Example 11. When water freezes to ice, its volume increases by 10%. Find the ratio of a certain volume of water and its corresponding volume of ice.

Solution:

Given:

When water freezes to ice, its volume increases by 10%.

Let, the volume of water be x c.c.

Then volume of ice = (x + x x \(\frac{10}{100}\)) c.c

= (x + \(\frac{x}{10}\)) c.c = \(\frac{11x}{10}\) c.c

∴ Volume of water: volume of ice = x: \(\frac{11 x}{10}\)

=1: \(\frac{11}{10}\) = 10 11.

∴ The Ration of the volume of water and ice is 10: 11

Example 12. In two types of ‘sharbat,’ the ratios of syrup and water are 2:5 and 6:10. Which one is sweeter?

Solution:

Given:

In two types of ‘sharbat,’ the ratios of syrup and water are 2:5 and 6:10.

In the first ‘sharbat’, syrup: water = 2:54:10

In the second ‘sharbat’, syrup: water 6: 10

Since in the second ‘sharbat’ the amount of syrup is greater the second ‘sharbat’ is sweeter.

∴ The second ‘sharbat’ is sweeter.

Class 7 Maths Exercise 2 Solved Examples

Example 13. The cost of 3 umbrellas or 1 chair is 600. Calculate the price of 2 umbrellas and 2 chairs.

Solution:

Given:

The cost of 3 umbrellas or 1 chair is 600.

Cost of 1 chair = cost of 3 umbrellas

Cost of 2 chairs = cost of 6 umbrellas

∴Cost of 2 umbrellas and 2 chairs = cost of (2+6) or 8 umbrellas.

No. of umbrellas
3
8

cost
₹ 600
₹ x ( say)

The cost of umbrella increases with the number of umbrellas.

Therefore, cost of an umbrella is in simple ratio with the number 0of umbrella

∴ 3: 8 = 600: x

or, \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{600}{x}\)

or, 3x = 600 x 8

or, x = \(\frac{600 X 8}{3}\) = 1600

∴ The cost of 2 umbrellas and 2 chairs is ₹ 100

Example 14. In a flood relief camp, there is a provision of food for 4000 people for 190 days. After 30 days, 800 people went away elsewhere. Find for how many days will the remaining food last for the remaining people in the camp.

Solution:

Given:

In a flood relief camp, there is a provision of food for 4000 people for 190 days. After 30 days, 800 people went away elsewhere.

After 30 days, the number of days remaining = (190-30) days 160 days.

Number of people remaining =(4000-800) 3200.

We are to determine how long the food for 3200 people will last, which lasts 160 days for 4000 people.

No. of people
4000
3200

No. of days
160
x (say)

The number of days increases with the decrease of the number of people.

Therefore, the number of days is in inverse ratio with the number of people.

∴ 3200: 4000= 160: x

or, \(\frac{3200}{4000}\) = \(\frac{160}{x}\)

or, 3200 x = 160 x 4000

or, x = \(\frac{160 X 4000}{3200}\) = 200

∴ The remaining food will last for 200 days.

Example 15. For making a flower garland of china roses (Jaba) and Indian marigolds (gada), 105 of these flowers were collected. If the ratio of china roses and marigolds is 3:4 find how many china roses and marigolds are there. Also, find how many more china roses must be collected so that the ratio of these two types of flowers becomes equal.

Solution:

Given:

For making a flower garland of china roses (Jaba) and Indian marigolds (gada), 105 of these flowers were collected. If the ratio of china roses and marigolds is 3:4

Number of china roses

= \(\frac{105}{3 + 4}\) x 3 = \(\frac{105}{7}\) x 3 = 45

Number of marigold = \(\frac{105}{3 + 4}\) x 4 = \(\frac{105}{7}\) x 4 = 60

In order that the ratio of these two types of flowers to become equal (60-45) = 15 more china roses are to be collected.

∴ Number of china roses is 45 and the number of marigolds is 60. 15 more china roses are to be collected.

Example 16. In a factory producing machine parts, the ratio of the number of parts produced per day to the number of workers employed is 5:2. Then calculate:

1. The number of workers to be employed for the production of 125 machine parts per day.
2. The number of machine parts produced per day if 22 workers are employed.

Solution:

Given:

In a factory producing machine parts, the ratio of the number of parts produced per day to the number of workers employed is 5:2.

1. Let, the number of workers to be employed = x.

Hence, \(\frac{125}{x}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)

or, 5x = 125 × 2

or, x= \(\frac{125 x 2}{5}\) = 50

∴ 50 workers to be employed.

2. Let, the number of machine parts produced per day =y.

Hence, y = \(\frac{22 x 5}{2}\) = 55

∴ 55 machine parts will be produced per day.

Example 17. The ratio of the monthly income of Ram and Shyam is 25: 28. Shyam gets ₹ 600 more than Ram. What are their monthly incomes?

Solution:

Given:

The ratio of the monthly income of Ram and Shyam is 25: 28. Shyam gets ₹ 600 more than Ram.

Let the monthly income of Ram be ₹ 25x and that of Shyam be ₹ 28x.

According to the question, 28x-25x=600

or, 3x= 600 or, x = \(\frac{600}{3}\) = 200

Hence, the monthly income of Ram = ₹ 200 X 25 = ₹ 5000

and monthly income of Shyam

= ₹ 200 x 28 = ₹ 5000

∴ The monthly income of Ram is ₹ 5000, and the monthly income of Shyam is ₹ 5600

Example 18. The ratio of the ages of father and son was 4:1, 20 years ago. The ratio of their ages will be 2: 1 after 4 years. Find their present ages.

Solution:

Given:

The ratio of the ages of father and son was 4:1, 20 years ago. The ratio of their ages will be 2: 1 after 4 years.

Before 20 years, let the father’s age be 4x years and the son’s age be x years.

Therefore, at present, the father’s age is (4x+20) years and

The son’s age is (x+20) years.

Hence, after 4 years, the father’s age will be (4x+20+ 4) years = (4x+ 24) years,  and

The son’s age will be (x+20+ 4) years = (x + 24) years.

∴ According to the question, \(\frac{4x + 24}{x + 24}\) = \(\frac{2}{2}\)

or, 4x + 24 = 2x + 48

or, 4x-2x=48-24

or, 2x = 24

or, x = \(\frac{24}{2}\) = 12

∴ Father’s present age is (4 x 12 + 20) years 68 years and the son’s present age is (12+20) years = 32 years.

∴ Father’s present age is 68 years and the son’s present age is 32 years.

Example 19.  A train started from Calcutta for Madhupur and another train started from Madhupur for Calcutta at the same time. The two trains

Solution:

Given:

A train started from Calcutta for Madhupur and another train started from Madhupur for Calcutta at the same time.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 2 Ratio And Proportion Exercise 2 Problems On Proportion

 

Let, after x hours of departure the two trains meet each other.

Now, the distance traveled by the first train in x hours the distance traveled by the second train in 4 hours.

Hence, the distance traveled by the first train in 1 hour the distance traveled by the second train in hours.

But according to the question,

The distance traveled by the first train in 1 hour = the distance traveled by the second train in \(\frac{4}{x}\) hours.

Hence, \(\frac{4}{x}\) or, x2 = 4 or, x = 2

Hence, the first train takes (2 + 1) or 3 hours for the whole journey, and the second train takes (2+4) or 6 hours for the whole journey.

∴ Ratio of their speeds is the inverse ratio of 3 and 6 = 6:3 = 2:1.

Example 20. In a box, there are 378 coins in one rupee, 50 paise, and 25 paise coins. If the ratio of their values be 13: 11: 7, find the number of each kind of coin in the box.

Solution:

Given:

In a box, there are 378 coins in one rupee, 50 paise, and 25 paise coins. If the ratio of their values be 13: 11: 7,

Since the ratio of values of one rupee, 50 paise, and 25 paise coins is 13:11:

∴ The ratio of the number of one rupee, 50 required to complete the repair work. paise and 25 paise coins is (13 x 1): (11 x 2): (7 x 4) = 13: 22:28

Now, 13 +22 + 28 = 63

Hence, out of 378 coins-

The number of one rupee coins

= \(\frac{13}{63}\) x 378 = 78

The number of 50 paise coins

=\(\frac{22}{63}\) x 378 =132

The number of 25 paise coins

= \(\frac{28}{63}\) x 378 = 168

∴ There are 78, one rupee coins.

132, 50 paise coins.

168, 25 paise coins.

Step-by-Step Solutions for Class 7 Ratios

Example 21. 20 persons decided that they would finish up the repairing work of a building within 30 days. 8 persons fell ill after 6 days of work. How many extra days would be required to complete the repair work?

Solution:

Given:

20 persons decided that they would finish up the repairing work of a building within 30 days. 8 persons fell ill after 6 days of work.

Considering a time frame of 30 days, there remains 24 days in hand after 6 days of work have passed.

When 8 persons fell ill, number of leftover persons = 20 – 8 = 12

∴ The situation after 6 days is as below:

No. of persons
20
12

No. of days
24
x (say)

When number of persons reduces, number of required days increases, i.e., these two are inverse in nature.

∴ \(\frac{20}{12}\) = \(\frac{x}{24}\)

or, x = \(\frac{20 X 24}{12}\) = 40

∴ Number of extra days required = 40-24=16

∴ 16 numbers of extra days would be required = 40 -024 = 16

Example 22. At a certain time of a day the length of the shadow of a 6m high tree becomes 8m. At the same time the shadow of an erect post measures 20m in length. Find out the height of the post.

Solution:

Given:

At a certain time of a day, the length of the shadow of a 6m high tree becomes 8m. At the same time the shadow of an erect post measures 20m in length.

The length of the shadow at any point of time is directly proportional to the height of the object.

Hence,
height of object
6m
xm (say)

length of shadow
8m
20m

or, \(\frac{6}{x}\)= \(\frac{8}{20}\)

or, x = \(\frac{6 X 20}{8}\) = 15

∴ The height of the post is 15m.

 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Problems On Fractions

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons

Introduction

  1. The first four rules,
  2. Vulgar fractions,
  3. Decimal
  4. Recurring fractions,
  5. H.C.F. and L.C.M. of integers,
  6. H.C.F. and L.C.M. of fractions and decimals and
  7. Extraction of square roots of integers by factorisation and division.

First four rules

You know that addition, subtraction, multiplication and division are the first four rules. The entire structure of mathematics is based on these four rules. In every branch of mathematics namely arithmetic, algebra, geometry etc., we have to depend on these four rules. Let us discuss some problems on the first four rules.

Read and Learn More WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Some Problems With The First Four Rules

Example 1. The sum of two numbers is 1040 and their difference is 304. Find the numbers.

Solution:

Given:

The sum of two numbers is 1040 and their difference is 304.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On The First Four Rules Example 1

∴ The greater number = 1344 ÷ 2=672

Hence, the smaller number = 1040-672 = 368

∴ 672 and 368

The numbers are 672 and 368.

WBBSE Class 7 Fractions Solutions

Example 2. The sum of the two numbers is 1000. If the greater number is thrice the smaller number, find the numbers.

Solution:

Given:

The sum of the two numbers is 1000. If the greater number is thrice the smaller number,

The greater number+ the smaller number = 1000

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Problems On Fractions

∴ 3 x the smaller number + the smaller number = 1000

or, 4 x the smaller number = 1000 = 250

or, the smaller number = \(\frac{1000}{4}\) = 250

Hence, the greater number = 3 x 250 = 750.

∴ 750 and 250.

The numbers are 750 and 250.

WBBSE Class 7 Geography Notes WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 History
WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Geography WBBSE Class 7 History Multiple Choice Questions
WBBSE Class 7 Geography Multiple Choice Questions WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths

 

Example 3. The sum of two numbers is 645. If one of them is half of the other, then find the numbers.

Solution:

Given:

The sum of two numbers is 645. If one of them is half of the other,

Here, the smaller number is half of the greater number.

Hence, the greater number is twice the smaller number

Now, the greater number + the smaller number = 645

or, 2x the smaller number + the smaller number = 645

or, 3 x the smaller number = 645

or, the smaller number = \(\frac{645}{3}\) = 215

∴ The greater number = 215 x 2 = 430

∴ 430 and 215.

The numbers are 430 and 215.

Example 4. The sum of two numbers is 94792 and the greater number is 75368. Find the smaller number.

Solution:

Given:

The sum of two numbers is 94792 and the greater number is 75368.

The greater number + the smaller number = 94792

or, 75368+ the smaller number = 94792

or, the smaller number = 94792-75368 = 19424

∴  19424.

The smaller number is 19424.

Example 5. The sum of two numbers is 48925. If the smaller number is 12318, then find the greater number.

Solution:

Given:

The sum of two numbers is 48925. If the smaller number is 12318

The greater number + the smaller number = 48925

or, The greater number + 12318 = 48925

or, The greater number = 48925-12318 = 36607

∴  36607.

The greater number is 36607.

Example 6. The product of 36, 75 and another number is 218700. Find the number.

Solution:

Given:

The product of 36, 75 and another number is 218700.

Here, 36 x 75 x the required number=218700

or, the required number = \(\frac{218700}{36×75}\) = 81

∴ 81.

The number is 81.

Solved Problems for Class 7 Fractions

Example 7. In a multiplication the multiplier is 965, and 476005 being added to the product, the sum becomes 1 million. Find the multiplicand.

Solution:

Given:

In a multiplication the multiplier is 965, and 476005 being added to the product, the sum becomes 1 million.

1 million = 1000000

When 476005 is added to the product it becomes 1000000.

Hence, the product = 1000000-476005 = 523995

Now, Multiplicand x Multiplier = 523995

or, multiplicand x 965 = 523995

or, multiplicand=523995 +965 = 543

∴  543.

The multiplicand is 543.

Example 8. What number divided by 372 gives the quotient 273 and the remainder 237?

Solution:

Given:

The number divided by 372 gives the quotient 273 and the remainder 237.

Here dividend = divisor x quotient + remainder

= 372 x 273 x 237 x = 101556 ÷ 237 = 101793

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On The First Four Rules Example 8

∴ 101793.

The number is 101793.

Example 9. Find the greatest number of 5 digits which is exactly divisible by 292.

Solution:

Given:

The greatest number of 5 digits which is exactly divisible by 292

The natural greatest number of 5 digits=99999

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On The First Four Rules Example 9

Thus, if the remainder 7 be subtracted from 99999, the result will be exactly divisible by 232.

∴ The required number= 99999-7= 99992

∴ 99992.

The greatest number is 99992.

Class 7 Maths Exercise on Fractions Solutions

Example 10. Find the least number of 6 digits which is exactly divisible by 215.

Solution:

Given:

The least number of 6 digits which is exactly divisible by 215

The natural least number of 6 digits = 100000

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On The First Four Rules Example 10

Now, 215-25 = 190

If 190 be added to 100000, the result will be divisible by 215.

∴ The required number = 100000+ 190 = 100190

∴ 100190.

The least number 100190.

Example 11. Five years ago, the father’s age was 8 times that of his son. Five years hence, the sum of their ages will be 65 years. Find their present ages.

Solution:

Given:

Five years ago, the father’s age was 8 times that of his son. Five years hence, the sum of their ages will be 65 years.

Since, after 5 years the sum of their ages will be 65 years

therefore, the sum of their present ages (65-25) years = (65-10) years 55 years.

Also, five years ago, the sum of their ages was (55-2x 5) years = 45 years.

At that time, the father’s age was 8 times that of son.

Hence, the sum of their ages was 9 times the then age of the son.

∴ At that time, the age of son was (459) or, 5 years and that of father was (5 x 8) years or 40 years.

∴ present age of father= (40+5) years = 45 years

and present age of son = (5+ 5) years = 10 years.

∴ Present age of son is 10 years and the present age of the father is 45 years.

Example 12. Find the quotient and the remainder, dividing by the factors of the divisor in the following case 7027 ÷ 105.

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On The First Four Rules Example 12

Hence, the quotient = 66.

The actual remainder = the first remainder + the first divisor x the second remainder + the first divisor x the second divisor x the third remainder.

=1+3×2+3x5x6=1+6+90=97

∴ Quotient = 66, Remainder = 97.

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Some Problems On Fractions

Example 1. Add together 339\(\frac{1}{10}\)+ 660\(\frac{9}{10}\) 

Solution: 339 \(\frac{1}{10}\)+ 660 \(\frac{9}{10}\)

= \(339+\frac{1}{10}+660+\frac{9}{10}\)

= \(339+660+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{9}{10}\)

= \(999+\frac{1-9}{10}\)

= \(999+\frac{10^1}{10}\)

= 999+1

= 1000

Example 2. Subtract 189 \(\frac{1}{11}\) – 99 \(\frac{1}{22}\)

Solution: 189 \(\frac{1}{11}\) – 99 \(\frac{1}{22}\)

= \(189+\frac{1}{11}-\left(99+\frac{1}{22}\right)\)

= \(189+\frac{1}{11}-99-\frac{1}{22}\)

= \((189-99)+\left(\frac{1}{11}-\frac{1}{22}\right)\)

= \(90+\frac{2-1}{22}\)

= \(90+\frac{1}{22}\)

∴  90\(\frac{1}{22}\)

West Bengal Board Class 7 Arithmetic Assistance

Example 3. Find the product 99990 \(\frac{494}{495}\) x 99

Solution: 999 \(\frac{494}{495}\)  × 99

= \(999+\frac{494}{495}\)

= \(999+1-\frac{1}{495} \times 99\)

= \(\left(1000-\frac{1}{495} \times 99\right)\)

= \(99000-\frac{1}{5}\)

= \(99000-1+1-\frac{1}{5}\)

= \(98999+\frac{4}{5}\)

∴ 98999\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Example 4.  Divide 29 \(\frac{8}{23}\) ÷ \(\frac{15}{17}\) 

Solution: 29 \(\frac{8}{23}\) ÷ \(\frac{15}{17}\)

= \(\frac{675}{23} \div \frac{15}{17}\)

= \(\frac{675}{23} \times \frac{17}{15}\)

= \(\frac{765}{23}\)

∴ 33 \(\frac{6}{23}\)

Example 5. Simplify: 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Fractions Example 5

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Fractions Example5

 

∴ \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Example 6. Add together 7.23 + 15.735 + 235.7

Solution:

Given

7.23 + 15.735 + 235.7

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Fractions Example 6

 

Example 7. Subtract 52.917 from 218.2

Solution:

Given:

52.917 And 218.2

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Fractions Example 7

 

Example 8. Multiply 33.123 by 1.25

Solution:

Given:

33.123 And 1.25

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Fractions Example 8

 

Example 9. Divide 67.072 by 16.

Solution:

Given:

67.072 And16

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Fractions Example 9

 

Example 10. Find the value of 15.8794:

  1. To two places of decimal.
  2. Correct to two places of decimal.

Solution:

  1. The value of 15.8794 to two places of decimal = 15.87.
  2. The value of 15.8794 correct to two places of decimal = 15.88.

Example 11. Convert into recurring decimal: 3 \(\frac{7}{22}\)

Class Vii Math Solution Wbbse

Solution: 3 \(\frac{7}{22}\) = \(\frac{73}{22}\)

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Fractions Example 11

 

Example 12. Convert into vulgar fraction 7.028

Solution: 7.028

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Fractions Example 12

∴ 7 \(\frac{14}{495}\)

Example 13. A man gave \(\frac{1}{3}\) of his property to his son and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of his property to his daughter. If 1267 was still left with him, what was his property?

Solution: The man gave (\(\frac{1}{3}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\))

or, \(\frac{8}{15}\) part of his property to his son and daughter.

Therefore, (1 – \(\frac{8}{15}\))

or, \(\frac{7}{15}\) part of his property was left with him.

∴ \(\frac{7}{15}\) part of his property = ₹ 1267

∴ The whole property
= ₹1267 x \(\frac{15}{7}\) = ₹ 181 × 15 = ₹ 2715

∴ ₹ 2715.

Example 14. A post has \(\frac{1}{4}\)  of its length in mud and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of it in water and 11 metres above water. Find the whole length of the post.

Solution: (\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)) or (\(\frac{5+4}{20}\))

or, \(\frac{9}{20}\) of the post is in mud and water.

∴ (1- \(\frac{9}{20}\) or, \(\frac{11}{20}\)) of the post is above water.

∴ \(\frac{11}{20}\) of the whole post = 11 metres

∴ Lenght of the whole post = 11 x \(\frac{20}{11}\) meters.

∴ 20 meters.

Wbbse Class 7 Maths Solutions

Example 15. A man does 0.24 of a piece of work on the first day, 0.18 of it on the second day and 0.08 of it on the third day. How much of the work remains undone?

Solution:

Given:

A man does 0.24 of a piece of work on the first day, 0.18 of it on the second day and 0.08 of it on the third day.

In the first three days the man does (0.24 +0.18 +0.08) or 0.5 of the work.

Hence, (10.5) or 0.5 of the work remains undone.

∴ 0.5 of the work.

Example 16. 0.25 of the soldiers of an army died in combat, 0.15 was injured, 0.3 was captivated and the remaining 1200 soldiers escaped. How many soldiers were there in the army?

Solution:

Given:

0.25 of the soldiers of an army died in combat, 0.15 was injured, 0.3 was captivated and the remaining 1200 soldiers escaped.

(0.25 +0.15 + 0.3) or, 0.7 of the soldiers died, was injured and captivated.

Hence, (1-0.7) or, 0.3 of the soldiers escaped.

∴ 0.3 of the soldiers = 1200

∴ Total soldiers in the army = 1200 x \(\frac{10}{3}\) = 4000
∴4000.

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Some Problems On H.C.F. and L.C.M.

Example 1. Find the L.C.M. of \(\frac{3}{4}\), \(\frac{5}{8}\), \(\frac{15}{16}\)

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Least Common Multiplication Example 1

∴ 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Example 2. Find the H.C.F. of \(\frac{3}{5}\), 2 \(\frac{1}{10}\), \(\frac{6}{25}\)

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Highest Common Fraction Example 2

 

∴ \(\frac{3}{50}\)

Example 3. Find the L.C.M of 0.015, 0.42, and 1.5

Solution: 0.015 = 0.015
0.45 = 0.045
1.5 = 1.500

Now, let us find the L.C.M of 15, 450 and 1500

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Least Common Multiplication Example 3

Now, 2 x 3 5 x 3 x 10 = 4500

Thus, the L.C.M of 15, 450 and 1500 is 4500

Hence the required L.C.M = 45

Example 4. Find the H.C.f of 0.4, 0.08, 0.016

Solution: 0.4 = 0.400
0.08 = 0.080
0.016 = 0.016

Let us now find the H.C.F of 400,80, 16

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Highest Common Fraction Example 4

Thus, the H.C.F. of 400, 80, and 16 is 16

Hence, the required H.C.F. = 0.016

∴ 0.016.

WBBSE Class 7 Chapter 1 Fractions Guide

Example 5. Three bells toll together and then at intervals of 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\), 2 \(\frac{3}{50}\) and 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) seconds respectively. When will they toll together again?

Solution: The required time will be the L.C.M. of \(\frac{1}{3}\), 2 \(\frac{3}{50}\) and 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) seconds i.e., the L.C.M. of \(\frac{10}{3}\), \(\frac{5}{2}\) and \(\frac{5}{3}\) seconds.

Now, the L.C.M. of \(\frac{10}{3}\), \(\frac{5}{2}\) and \(\frac{5}{3}\) seconds.

= \(\frac{L.C.M of 10,5,5}{H.C.F of 3,2,3}\) = \(\frac{10}{1}\) = 10

∴ They will toll together again after 10 seconds.

Example 6. What is the smallest number which is exactly divisible by 1 \(\frac{2}{7}\), 1 \(\frac{1}{35}\), \(\frac{45}{49}\)?

Solution: Here the numbers are

\(\frac{2}{7}\), 1 \(\frac{1}{35}\), \(\frac{45}{49}\)

i.e.., \(\frac{9}{7}\), \(\frac{36}{35}\), \(\frac{45}{49}\)

Now, the L.C.M of \(\frac{9}{7}\), \(\frac{36}{35}\), \(\frac{45}{49}\)

= \(\frac{L.C.M of 9,36,45}{H.C.F of 7,35,49}\)

= \(\frac{180}{7}\) = 25 \(\frac{5}{7}\)

∴ 25 \(\frac{5}{7}\)

Example 7. By what greatest fraction are \(\frac{14}{17}\), 3 \(\frac{1}{17}\), \(\frac{28}{34}\) exactly divisible giving integers as quotients?

Solution: Here the numbers are \(\frac{14}{17}\), 3 \(\frac{1}{17}\), \(\frac{28}{34}\)

i.e.., \(\frac{14}{17}\), \(\frac{52}{17}\), \(\frac{14}{17}\)

Now, the H.C.F. of \(\frac{14}{17}\), \(\frac{52}{17}\), \(\frac{14}{17}\)

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On H.C.F And L.C.M Example 7

 

= \(\frac{H.C.F of 14,52,14}{L.C.M of 17,17,17}\)

= \(\frac{2}{17}\)

∴ \(\frac{2}{17}\)

Wbbse Class 7 Maths Solutions

Example 8. By what greatest quantity must \(\frac{7}{8}\) kg, \(\frac{14}{15}\) kg and 1 \(\frac{1}{20}\) kg be divided so that the quotients are integers?

Solution: Let us first find the H.C.F. of \(\frac{7}{8}\) kg, \(\frac{14}{15}\) kg and 1 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

i.e.., of \(\frac{7}{8}\) kg, \(\frac{14}{15}\) kg and 1 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Now, H.C.f of \(\frac{7}{8}\) kg, \(\frac{14}{15}\) kg and 1 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On H.C.F And L.C.M Example 8

= \(\frac{H.C.F of 7,14,21}{L.C.M of 8,15,20}\)

= \(\frac{7}{120}\)

∴ 2 x 2 x 5 x 2 x 3 = 120

Hence, the required quantity = \(\frac{7}{120}\) kg

∴ \(\frac{7}{120}\) kg

Example 9. By what greatest number must 2.1, 2.8, and 3.5 be divided to get integral quotients?

Solution: Here, the required number will be the H.C.F. of 2.1, 2.8, and 3.5.
Let us first find the H.C.F. of 21, 28, and 35.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On H.C.F And L.C.M Example 9

Thus, H.C.F of 21, 28, and 35 is 7

Hence, H.C.F of 2.1, 2.8, and 3.5 is 0.74

∴ the required number is 0.7

Class 7 Maths Exercise 1 Solved Examples

Example 10. What least number when divided by 1.9, 0.95, and 0.076, gives integers as quotients?

Solution: The required number is the L.C.M. of 1.9, 0.95, and 0.076.
Now, 1.9 = 1.900
0.95 = 0.950
0.076 = 0.076

Now, let us find the L.C.M. of 1900, 950 and 76

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On H.C.F And L.C.M Example 10

∴ L.C.M. of 1900, 950 and 76
=2×2×5×5×19 = 1900

∴ L.C.M. of 1.9, 0.950, 0.076 is 1.9

∴ The required number is 1.9.

Example 11. The L.C.M. and H.C.F. of two fractions are \(\frac{4}{5}\) and \(\frac{2}{15}\) respectively. If one of them be \(\frac{2}{5}\) find the other.

Solution: We know that,

Product of two numbers = Their L.C.M.XH.C.F.

Hence, \(\frac{2}{5}\) x the other number = \(\frac{4}{5}\) x \(\frac{2}{15}\)

or, the other number= \(\frac{4}{5}\) x \(\frac{2}{15}\) x \(\frac{5}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{15}\)

∴ \(\frac{4}{15}\)

Example 12. The product of two numbers is 0.84. If their L.C.M. be 4.2, find their H.C.F.

Solution:

L.C.M. H.C.F. = Product of the numbers

or, 4.2 x H.C.F. = 0.84

or, H.C.F. = \(\frac{0.84}{4.2}\) = 0.2

Example 13. From what least number must 5 be subtracted so that the remainder may be exactly divisible by 48, 64, 90, 120?

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On H.C.F And L.C.M Example 13

∴ L.C.M. of 48, 64, 90 and 120
=2×2×2×2×3 x 5 x 4 x 3 = 2880

Hence, the required number = 2880 +5=2885

∴ The number is 2885.

Example 14. What number nearest to 100000 is exactly divisible by 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7?

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On H.C.F And L.C.M Example 14

Now, 100000-40=99960 and 100000+ (420-40)= 100000+ 380 = 100380 are the two numbers divisible by 420.

Between these two numbers 99960 is nearer to 100000. Hence, 99960 is the required number.

∴ 99960

Example 15. Find the greatest number that will divide 8718, 16299, and 25396 leaving the remainder 1, 2, and 3 respectively.

Solution: Since, 8718, 16299, and 25396 when divided by the required number leaves the remainder 1 , 2 and 3 respectively therefore (8718- 1), i.e., 8717, (16299- 2)

i.e., 16297 and (25396- 3)

i.e., 25393 are exactly divisible by the required number.

Hence, H.C.F. of 8717, 16297 and 25393 is the required number.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On H.C.F And L.C.M Example 15

∴ The required number is 379.

Example 16. 175 mangoes and 105 oranges can be equally divided among certain number of boys and girls. Find the number.

Solution:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On H.C.F And L.C.M Example 16

Hence, the number of boys and girls may be 35 or any factor of 35 i.e., 5, 7.
∴ 5, 7, 35.

 

Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Some Problems On Square Root

Example 1. Find the square root of 1225 by factorisation.

Solution:

Given:

1225

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Square Root Example 1

Now, 1225 = 5 x 5 x 7 x 7=52 x 72

Hence, √1225 = 5 x 7=35

∴ 35.

The square root of 1225 = 35.

Example 2. Find the square root of 15625 by the division method.

Solution:

Given:

15625

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Square Root Example 2

∴ 125

The square root of 15625 = 125

Example 3. By what least number must 450 be multiplied to give a perfect square?

Solution:

Given:

450

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Square Root Example 3

Now, 450 = 2 x 3 x3x5x5=2x 32 x 52

So, if we multiply 450 by 2 then it will be a perfect square.

Understanding Fractions for Class 7 Students

Example 4. By what least number must 1323 be divided so that the quotient will be a perfect square?

Solution:

Given:

1323

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Square Root Example 4

Now, 1323 = 3 x 32 x 72

So, if we divide 1323 by 3 then it will be a perfect square.

Math Solution Of Class 7 Wbbse

Example 5. The product of two numbers is 1575 and their quotinet is \(\frac{9}{7}\); find the numbers.

Solution:

Given:

The product of two numbers is 1575 and their quotinet is \(\frac{9}{7}\)

Let the smaller number be A then the greater number is \(\frac{9}{7}\) A.

Now, A x \(\frac{9}{7}\) A = 1575

or, A2 = \(\frac{1575 X 7}{9}\) =175×7=1225

or, A = √1225=35

∴ The smaller number = 35 and the greater number = \(\frac{9}{7}\) × 35 = 9 x 5 = 45
∴ 35 and 45.

Example 6.  77847 soldiers were arranged in a square. After being arranged 6 soldiers were in excess. What was the number of soldiers in the front row?

Solution:

Given:

77847 soldiers were arranged in a square. After being arranged 6 soldiers were in excess.

Since there was an excess of 6 soldiers after they were arranged in the form of a square therefore,(77847 – 6) or, 77841 soldiers made the perfect square. Then the number of soldiers in the front row = √77841=279

WBBSE Solutions For Class 7 Maths Arithmetic Chapter 1 Revision Of Previous Lessons Exercise 1 Problems On Square Root Example 6

∴ The number of soldiers in the front row = 279.

Step-by-Step Solutions for Class 7 Fraction Problems

Example 7. Each member of a club contributed as many 25 paise as the total number of members and the total contribution was 400. Find the number of members of the club.

Solution:

Given:

Each member of a club contributed as many 25 paise as the total number of members and the total contribution was 400.

₹400 = 40000 paise
Now, number of 25 paise in 40000 paise = \(\frac{40000}{25}\) = 1600

∴ Number of members of the club = √1600 = 40 perfect square.

∴ 40.

Number of members of the club = 40.

Example 8. The length of the sides of two squares are 15 cm and 20 cm respectively. A new square is formed whose area is equal to the sum of the areas of these two squares. Find the length of the side of the new square.

Solution:

Given:

The length of the sides of two squares are 15 cm and 20 cm respectively. A new square is formed whose area is equal to the sum of the areas of these two squares.

Area of the first square= (15)2 sq cm = 225 sq cm.

Area of the second square = (20)2 sq cm = 400 sq cm.

Area of the new square (225+ 400) sq cm 625 sq cm.

∴The length of the side of the new square = √625 cm = 25 cm

∴ 25 cm.

The length of the side of the new square is 25 cm.